+ All Categories
Home > Documents > wko09cat

wko09cat

Date post: 15-Nov-2014
Category:
Upload: mqsdrana
View: 188 times
Download: 5 times
Share this document with a friend
Popular Tags:
274
withknobson Complete Kitchens Online directory 2009
Transcript
Page 1: wko09cat

withknobsonComplete Kitchens Online

directory 2009

Page 2: wko09cat

Kitchen fascia matrix unit permutations and setting out

Note: All doors are not available in every range, please refer to price guide.

Page 3: wko09cat

door combinations to be used with appliances

(600mm wide) in tower and studio units

Page 4: wko09cat

Details for 800mm curved drawers

Recommended base carcase dimensions

Details for 1000mm curved drawers

Recommended base carcase dimensions

Overall door details, door height 715mm

Details for 1200mm curved drawers

Recommended base carcase dimensions

The ‘S’ shaped drawer set is available in American Walnut, Avant, Centris, Fresco, Ignea, Izari, Maki and StainlessSteel (1200mm only) door ranges. Each set includes 1x139mm & 2x283mm drawer fronts.

Registered design 3012068. Carcase jigs are available: 800mm SSJIG800, 1000mm SSJIG1000, 1200mm SSJIG2

A concave door to suit a 600x600mm wall cabinet is availalbe in all the Avant and Fresco ranges. A carcase jig is available: ICJIG600‘S’ shaped curved drawer carcase details Internal curve door to suit 600x600mm wall cabinet, carcase details

Note: Dimensions shown in mm.

Note: Dimensions shown in mm.

Overall door details, door height 715mm

A concave door to suit a 900x900mm base cabinet is availalbe in all the Avant and Fresco ranges. A carcase jig is available: ICJIG900

Internal curve door to suit 900x900mm base cabinet, carcase details

Recommended

carcase dimensions

Page 5: wko09cat

Recommended base carcase dimensions

‘S’ shaped door carcase details

Recommended wall carcase dimensions

The ‘S’ shaped door is available inAmerican Walnut, Avant, Centris, Fresco,Ignea, Izari, Maki and Stainless Steel doorranges. (See price list for full details). It issuitable for use in both base or wallsituations. Please see below theinformation required for installation.

Registered design 3006935.

Carcase Jig - SSCJIG

Overall door detail (door height 715mm)

large curved door carcase details shallow curved door carcase details

The curved door/panel is available inAmerican Walnut, Avant, Centris, Fresco,Ignea, Izari, Maki and Stainless Steel doorranges. (See price list for full details). Thisinformation sheet provides the informationrequired for installation.

Registered design 3006936.

Carcase Jig - CCJIG

A shallow curved door set isavailable in the Astor & Miltonranges and is designed to sit onthe end of a base or wall run ofunits. Multiple sets can also beused on an island unit.For further information please seethe in-frame guide.

Carcase Jig - CCJIG580

Overall door details, door height 715mm

Recommended full depth carcase

Recommended single curved door carcase

Recommended full curved end carcase

720

For 150 wine rackor shallow pullout

Door frame details, door height 738mm

Note: Dimensions shown in mm.

Note: Dimensions shown in mm.

Note: Dimensions shown in mm. Curved doors are not symmetrical. Hingesshould be fitted to the shorter side only.Right hand orientation shown. Turn doorover for left hand.

Page 6: wko09cat

Fresco Beige - new for 2009 see page 1.49

Page 7: wko09cat
Page 8: wko09cat

Izari - new for 2009 see page 1.61

Page 9: wko09cat

Ignea - new for 2009 see page 1.57

Page 10: wko09cat

Abbeyvinyl door

1.03

Elegant simplicity is effortlessly achieved with Abbey’s soothing cream finish, creating a calmand intimate interior.

Page 11: wko09cat

Abbey range content 1.04

Order online at .pws.co.uk

K269.46.PE

H159.128.PEH355.224.ABB

H363.88.ABB

Glazed with vertical linesDoor and drawer

Bottle rackPlinth Plate rack

Spice drawer set incl.fronts, boxes and guides.

Plain cooker canopy

End panel, tongue and groove(2)

2400x650x18mm

End panel(2)

2400x610x28mm2400x650x18mm

Flying shelf(2)

2400x325x28mm

PVC edging tapePre-glued edging tape

PilasterRadius feature end pack(1)

(for base, dresser & tall units)

Corner post

handle ideas

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardEgger U108, Hornitex C349, Depalor EU317, Sonae L1057, Thermopal U116, Pfleiderer U1365, Finsa 76B, Kronospan U9569, Kronospan U514.

Door material type - vinyl

(1) Registered design 3009485(2) For end panel specification, please refer to

door range page in the price list.

Notes• Quadrants are sold in component form• Corner posts supplied in component form

Cornice Lighting pelmetCornice corner block

Page 12: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

American Walnuttimber door

1.05

Dramatic and distinctive, American Walnut makes a bold statement with the emphasis firmlyon city chic.

Page 13: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

American Walnut range content 1.06

Order online at .pws.co.uk

H383.160.SS

H385.160.SS

H491.224.SS

Screen glazed Door and drawer

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardEgger H3704, Kronospan D481, Pfleiderer R4230, Finsa 10C, Unilin Decor H562.

Door material type - timber (veneer)

(1) Registered design 3006936(2) Registered design 3006935(3) Registered design 3012068

(4) For end panel specification, please refer todoor range page in the price list.

Notes• For ‘S’ shaped & curved carcase details please refer to A3 pull-outs at the front of section 1• Corner posts supplied in component form

Flying shelf2400x325x28mm

Corner post End panel(4)

2400x650x28mm2400x650x18mm

Moderncornice/light

pelmet

PlinthCurved cornice for radius feature end

Curved plinth for base curved panel door

Curved plinth for smallcurved panel door

Spice drawer set incl.fronts, boxes and guides

PVC edging tapePre-glued edging tape

Veneer edging

Plate rack

Flexible plinth,plain

‘S’ shaped plinth

Curved panel door(1) ‘S’ shaped door(2)‘S’ shaped drawer pack(3)

(set of 3 drawers)Curved wall unit door Small curved door

715 x 300mm

handle ideas

Curved cornice for use with small curved door

Page 14: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

newAvant range

vinyl doors

1.11

Streamlined, understated and exceptionally sleek, the Avant range fully captures the essenceof an ultra modern kitchen. With a choice of finishes from the bold and dramatic Avant Ebonyto the new luxurious Avant Terra.

See page 1.17-1.18 for full range content

Avant Terra

Page 15: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Avant Terra

Page 16: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Avant Ebony

Page 17: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Avant rangevinyl doors

1.14

See page 1.17-1.18 for full range content

Avant Black

Avant Cappuccino

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Page 18: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Avant rangevinyl doors

1.15

See page 1.17-1.18 for full range content

Avant White

Page 19: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Avant Ivory

Avant Beige

Page 20: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Avant range content1.17

Letterbox (horizontal) screen glazedLetterbox (vertical) screen glazedScreen glazedDoor and drawer

All doors and accessories illustrated are available in each Avant finish, unless otherwise marked.

H410.224.SS

H560.192.SS

Boss bar handles(14mmØ)

H413.320.BS

H721.224.SS

H424.32.CH

• Internal curved

doors

• Curved glazed wall

unit door

• Curved end panels

New for 2009

handle ideas

Page 21: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Avant range content 1.18

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Plain radius cornertop section for

cornice

Curved cornice for usewith radius feature ends

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardAvant Beige Egger U156, Hornitex C73, Thermopal U184, Pfleiderer U1343, Kronospan U119.Avant Black Egger U999, Kronospan U190, Pfleiderer U1200, Sonae L324, Thermopal U007, Finsa 231, Unilin Decor UD35 Avant Cappuccino Egger U205, Finsa 13C, Kronospan U9568.Avant Ebony Black or contrasting walnut (see American Walnut board matches, page 1.06) are suggested. Avant Ivory Egger U108, Hornitex C349, Depalor EU317, Sonae L1057, Thermopal U116, Pfleiderer U1365, Finsa 76B, Kronospan U514,

Kronospan U9569.Avant Terra Pfleiderer U1980 Avant White Egger W908, Thermopal gloss SE1(01), Finsa gloss 030, Kronospan K101, Pfleiderer gloss W400

Door material type - vinyl

(1) Registered design 3006936(2) Registered design 3006935(3) Registered design 3012068(4) Registered design 3006938

(5) For end panel specification, please refer todoor range page in the price list

Notes• For ‘S’ shaped & curved carcase details, please refer to A3 pull-outs at the front of section 1• Corner posts supplied in component form

Curved panel door(1) ‘S’ shaped door(2)‘S’ shaped curved(3)

drawer pack (set of 3 drawers)

Curved glazed wall unit

Small curved door

Flying shelf(5)

2400x325x28mmCorner postRadius feature end

with securing battens (for base, dresser & tall units)(4)

End panel(5)

2400x610x28mm2400x650x18mm

Moderncornice/light

pelmet

Plinth

Curved plinth for curved panel door

Curved plinth for smallcurved panel door

PVC edging tapePre-glued edging tape

Flexible plinth,plain

‘S’ shaped plinthNew sizes 800x1000mm

Curved cornice for use with small curved door

Internal curved door to suit 600x600mm

wall cabinet

Internal curved doorto suit 900x900mm

base cabinet

Internal curvedplinth

Internal curvedcornice/lighting

pelmet

new new

newnew new

Curved end panel

new

Page 22: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Avilonvinyl door

1.19

Appreciate simplicity with this adaptable design that works well with bothmodern and traditional materials.

Page 23: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Avilon range content 1.20

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Screen glazedDoor and drawer

Plinth

PVC edging tapePre-glued edging tape

H340.128.SS

8/1011.A.SS

K347.36.SS

handle ideas

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardEgger U108, Hornitex C349, Sonae L1057, Thermopal U116, Pfleiderer U1365, Finsa 76B, Kronospan U9569, Kronospan U514.

Door material type - vinyl

(1) Registered design 3009485(2) For end panel specification, please refer to

door range page in the price list.

Notes• Corner posts supplied in component form

Cornice

Bottle rack

Moderncornice light

pelmet

Cornicecorner block

Plate rack Spice drawer set incl.fronts, boxes and guides.

Plain cooker canopy

Pilaster End panel, tongue and groove(2)

2400x650x18mm

End panel(2)

2400x610x28mm2400x650x18mm

Radius feature end pack(1)

(for base, dresser & tall units)

Corner post Flying shelf(2)

2400x325x28mm

Page 24: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Baltic Mapletimber door

1.21

With its foundations in balance and harmony Baltic Maple features a wide chunky frame withblonde maple colouring for timeless appeal.

Page 25: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Baltic Maple range content 1.22

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Texured glazed(Frame only option available for you tosource your own choice of glazing).

Door and drawer

Cornice

Modern Bottle rackBottle rack

Lightingpelmet

Plinth Cornicecorner block

Modern Plate rack(steel rods)

Spice drawer set incl.fronts, boxes and guides

Plain cooker canopy

End panel, tongue and groove(2)

2400x650x18mm

End panel(2)

2400x610x28mm2400x650x18mm

Flying shelf(2)

2400x325x28mm

PilasterRadius feature end pack(1)

(for base, dresser & tall units)Corner post

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardEgger H1727, Egger H1521, Finsa 44A, Kronospan D9745, Kronospan D1747, Sonae M973, Sonae M516, Pfleiderer R5212, Unilin Decor H750

Door material type - solid birch frame with maple veneer & maple veneer centre panel

(1) Registered design 3009485(2) For end panel specification, please refer to

door range page in the price list.

Notes• Corner posts, quadrants and canopy are supplied in component form• Spice drawers feature finger hole for easy opening, reverse is solid

K354.36.CH H338.160.SS

8/969.B.SS

Plain wall quadrant Plain floorquadrant

handle ideas

PVC edging tapePre-glued edging tape

Veneer edging tape

Page 26: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Bedetimber door

1.23

A perfect unison of traditional oak and rustic touches, Bede delivers all the appeal of a timeless classic.

Page 27: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

H146.96.PE

Bede range content 1.24

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Classic glazed with grilleDoor and drawer(1)

Flying shelf(4)

2400x325x28mm

handle ideas

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardEgger H3382, Unilin Decor H327, Kronospan D8932.

Door material type - solid timber frame and centre panel

(1) Registered design 314190(2) Registered design 3013363(3) Registered design 3009485

(4) For end panel specification, please refer todoor range page in the price list

Notes• Corner posts, quadrants and canopy are supplied in component form

H219.50.AP H368.128.PEGC

Cornice

End panel, tongueand groove(4)

2400x650x18mm

PilasterFloorcolumn

Plain cookercanopy

T & G cooker canopy

Shelf support

Spice drawer setincl. fronts, boxes

and guides

Radiusfeature end

packs(3)

Plate rack

Bottle rack

Manteltop panel

Mantelside panel

Framed floorquadrant

Quadrant cornermoulding

Shelf edging

Cornerpost

Cornermoulding

Lightingpelmet

Plinth Mouldedplinth

Cornice base Cornice corner block(2)

Castellatedcornice base

Castellatedlighting pelmet

Framed wall quadrant

End panel(4)

2400x650x28mm2400x650x18mm

PVC edging tapePre-glued edging tape

Veneer edging tape

BracketCorbel

Page 28: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Broadoak rangetimber doors

1.25

Harnessing the everlasting qualities of oak, with the versatility of a simple design, the Broadoakcollection offers a range of finishes suitable for both modern and classic schemes.

See page 1.29-1.30 for full range content

Broadoak Ivory

Note: Cargo ends are now discontinued

Page 29: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Broadoak Natural

Page 30: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Broadoak SandedNote: Cargo ends are now discontinued

Page 31: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Broadoak rangetimber doors

1.28

See page 1.29-1.30 for full range content

Broadoak Light

Note: Cargo ends are now discontinued

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Page 32: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Broadoak range content1.29

Curved*Steel mesh(2)Flemish glazed(1)Door and drawer

All doors and accessories illustrated are available in each Broadoak finish, unless otherwise marked.

H521.288.SS

H542.337.SS 22mm Boss bar handle

S87/44BLK084.32.BK H367.128.AB

H338.160.SS

H307.128.PE

H297.160.SS

A frame only option is available in Broadoak Light for you to source your own glazing.(1) Not available in Broadoak Sanded.(2) Not available in Broadoak Ivory and Broadoak Natural. Frame and steel mesh sold separately in Broadoak Sanded.

handle ideas

H492.192.SS

*Broadoak Sanded - Please note, these items are only suitable for use in a painted kitchen. We do not recommend that they are used for an oiled or stained finish.

Page 33: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Broadoak range content 1.30

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardBroadoak Ivory Egger U108, Finsa 76B, Hornitex C349, Kronospan U514, Kronospan U9569, Pfleiderer U1365, Sonae L1057, Thermopal U116Broadoak Light Egger H1342, Pfleiderer R4215, Unilin decor H308, Kronospan D1929Broadoak Natural Egger H3368, Kronospan D8925, Finsa 49DPlease note these are suggested board matches only. We strongly recommend that you view samples before making your selection.

Door material type - solid timber frame (106mm frames) and veneer centre panel

(1) Registered design 3009485(2 )For end panel specification, please refer to

door range page in the price list(3) Not available in Broadoak Sanded

Notes• Spice drawers feature finger hole for easy opening, reverse is solid• Quadrants, plain canopy and corner posts are supplied ready to assemble• FIRA Gold does not apply to sanded doors

Tips for paint preparation onsanded doors:

1 Doors should be lightly sanded to form a key for paints.

2 Apply oil based undercoat as water based undercoats will flake and scratch.

3 Apply paint.

The cornice corner blockcombined with the radiusfeature end creates adecorative finish in cornersituations. The corner blocksits 2mm forward from thecornice creating a designfeature.

Cornice

Bottle rack

Lighting pelmet *Curved lighting pelmet Plinth *Curved plinth

Pilaster End panel, tongue & grooved(2)

2400x650x18mm

Spice drawer set incl.fronts, boxes and guides

Flying shelf(2)

2400x325x28mmRadius feature end

pack (for base,dresser & tall units)(1)

Cornice corner block

*Curved cornice

Corner post

Plain wall quadrant

Plain floor quadrant

Plain cooker canopy

Modern bottle rack

End panel(2)

2400x650x28mm2400x650x18mm

Pre-glued edging tape(3)

PVC edging tape(3)

Veneer edging tape(3)

(not sanded)

Modern plate rack(steel rods)

Plate rack

Page 34: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Buttermlk Ivoryfoil door

1.31

The beauty of Buttermilk Ivory lies in its elegant styling, and natural pale tone enhanced with asubtle antique patina.

Note: Cargo ends are discontinued

Page 35: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Buttermilk Ivory range content 1.32

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Screen glazed Door and drawer

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardEgger U108, Sonae L1057, Thermopal U116, Pfleiderer U1365, Finsa 76B, Kronospan U9569, Kronospan U514

Door material type - foil

(1)For end panel specification, please refer todoor range page in the price list.

Notes• Corner posts, quadrants and canopy are supplied in component form

7005-PE7004-PE

H089.96.BK

handle ideas

Bottle rackPlate rack

Plinth

End panel, tongue & groove(1)

2400x650x18mm

End panel(1)

2400x650x18mm

Spice drawer set incl.fronts, boxes and guides

Flying shelf(1)

2400x325x18mmCorner post

Cornice Lighting pelmet

Castellated section (for

cornice)

Castellatedpelmet

Moulded plinth

Shaped end panel,tongue & groove(1)

1400x325x18mm

Canopy T&G (Use only with 600mm hob)

Pilaster

Gallery rail

PVC edging tapePre-glued edging tape

Framed wall quadrant

Shelf support Cornermoulding

Manteltop panel

Mantelside panel

Quadrant cornermoulding

Page 36: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

new

Fresh, natural mellow oak hues with streamlined perspective make Centris the perfect choice fora simple yet modern look that is certain to stand the test of time.

Centristimber door

1.33

handle ideasH733.160.SS

H727.128.SS

K726.40.SS

Page 37: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Centris range content 1.34

Curved panel door(1) ‘S’ shaped door(2)‘S’ shaped curved drawer pack(3)

(set of 3 drawers)

Curved glazed wall unit Small curved door

Flying shelf(5)

2400x325x28mmCorner postRadius feature end

with securing battens (for base, dresser & tall units)(4)

End panel(5)

2400x610x28mm2400x650x18mm

Curved plinth for smallcurved panel door

PVC edging tapePre-glued edging tape

Veneer edging tape

‘S’ shaped plinth

Curved end panel

Curved plinth for curved panel door

Plain radius cornertop section for

cornice

Curved cornice for usewith radius feature ends

Moderncornice/light

pelmet

Plinth Flexible plinth,plain

Curved cornice for use with small curved door

Letterbox (horizontal) screen glazedLetterbox (vertical) screen glazedScreen glazedDoor and drawer

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardEgger H1344, Kronospan D305, Thermopal F6/159.

Door material type - timber veneer

(1) Registered design 3006936(2) Registered design 3006935(3) Registered design 3012068(4) Registered design 3006938

(5)For end panel specification, please refer todoor range page in the price list

Notes• Corner posts are supplied in component form• For ‘S’ shaped and curved carcase details, please refer to A3 pull-outs at the front of section 1

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Page 38: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Croft rangetimber doors

1.35

Mellow, rustic tones and style that’s so simple, the Croft range offers all the essential ingredientsfor a warm and welcoming kitchen.

See page 1.37 -1.38 for full range content

Croft Oak

Note: Cargo ends are now discontinued

Page 39: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Croft Washed

Page 40: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

1.37

Curved

Bubble glazed featureRustic glazed wih grilleDoor and drawer(1)

All doors and accessories illustrated are available in both Croft Oak and Croft Washed, unless otherwise marked. Doors shown are Croft Oak.

H159.128.PE

Croft range content

Gothic arch rustic glazed

Gothic arch (2)Steel mesh feature(Croft Oak only)

H146.96.PE

H563.128.BMS

H552.128.PE H406.128.PE

H149.128.HPE

handle ideas

Page 41: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

1.38

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardCroft Oak Egger H1381, Sonae M962, Finsa 34C, Kronospan D9277, Unilin Decor H330.Croft Washed Egger H3382, Unilin Decor H327, Pfleiderer D8932.

Door material type - solid timber frame (106mm frames) and veneer centre panel

(1) Registered design 3000336(2)Registered design 3013358(3)Registered design 3013363(4)Registered design 3009485

(5)For end panel specification, please refer todoor range page in the price list

Notes• Quadrants, plain canopy and corner posts are supplied ready to assemble

Pilaster End panel, tongue& groove(5)

2400x650x18mm

Flying shelf(5)

2400x325x28mmRadius feature endpacks(4) (For dresser,

tall and base units)

Corner post End panel(5)

2400x650x28mm2400x650x18mm

Pre-glued edging tapePVC edging tape

Veneer edging tape

Croft range content

Curvedplinth

Curved cornice Curvedlighting pelmet

BracketCorbel

Cornice

Floorcolumn

Plain cookercanopy

T & G cooker canopy

Shelf support

Spice drawer setincl. fronts, boxes

and guides

Plate rack

Bottle rackManteltop panel

Mantelside panel

Floorquadrant

Quadrant cornermoulding

Shelf edging Cornermoulding

Lightingpelmet

Plinth Mouldedplinth

Cornice base Cornice corner block(3)

Castellatedcornice base

Castellatedlighting pelmet

Framed wall quadrant

Page 42: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Eden rangetimber doors

1.39

The Eden range has all the rustic design cues to create a true character kitchen full of warmth,depth and irresistable charm. Eden Classic conveys a piece of past refinement with each creampainted distressed door individually hand-painted for an authentic aged-worn look.

See page 1.41 -1.42 for full range content

Eden Classic

Page 43: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Eden Sanded

Eden Oak

Page 44: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

handle ideas

Eden range content1.41

Door and drawer(1) Woven glazed Braided steel feature(2)

Note: 715mm size featuresfull braided steel.

Rustic glazed with grilleNote: 356mm size supplied withoutgrille.

Curved*

H254.96.AB

H406.128.PE

H149.128.HPE

S87/70X10Sanded knob forindividual staining

4444/50WH

K305.40.PE

*Eden Sanded - Please note, these items are only suitable for use in a painted kitchen. We do not recommend that they are used for an oiled or stained finish.

All doors and accessories illustrated are available in each finish, unless otherwise marked.

Page 45: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Eden range content 1.42

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardEden Classic Egger U108, Depalor EU317, Pfleiderer U1365, Sonae L1057, Thermopal U116, Hornitex C349, Finsa 76B., Kronospan U9569,

Kronospan U514.Eden Oak Egger H1381, Pfleiderer R4118, Kronospan D9277, Finsa 34C, Unilin Decor H330.

Door material type - 125.5mm solid timber frame and solid timber centre panel

(1)Registered design 3013357(2)Registered design 3013362(3)Registered design 3013361(4)Registered design 3013360(5)Registered design 3013363(6)Registered design 3009485

(7)For end panel specification, please refer todoor range page in the price list

Notes• Quadrants, plain canopy and corner posts are supplied ready to assemble• Fira Gold does not apply to sanded doors

Pilaster End panel, tongue& groove(7)

2400x650x18mm

Flying shelf(7)

2400x325x28mmRadius feature endpacks(6) (For dresser,

tall and base units)

Corner post End panel(7)

2400x650x28mm2400x650x18mm

Pre-glued edging tapePVC edging tape

Veneer edging tape

Curvedplinth*

Curved cornice* Curved lightingpelmet*

BracketCorbel

Cornice(3)

Floorcolumn

Plain cookercanopy

T & G cooker canopy

Shelf support

Spice drawer setincl. fronts, boxes

and guides

Plate rack

Bottle rackManteltop panel

Mantelside panel

Floorquadrant

Shelf edging Cornermoulding

Lightingpelmet

Plinth Mouldedplinth

Cornice base(4) Cornice corner block(5)

Castellatedcornice base

Castellatedlighting pelmet

Wall quadrant

Quadrant cornermoulding

Page 46: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Estro Walnuttimber door

1.43

Estro Walnut’s striking and distinguished tone will ooze inner warmth in any interior with sweepingcurves offering a softer design alternative.

22mm Boss bar handle

H537.224.SS

H542.337.SS

H521.288.SS

handle ideas

Page 47: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Estro Walnut range content 1.44

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardEgger H3704, Kronospan D481, Pfleiderer R4230, Finsa 10C, Unilin Decor H562.

Door material type - solid timber frame with walnut veneer and walnut veneer centre panel

(1)Registered design 3009485(2)For end panel specification, please refer to

door range page in the price list

Notes• Quadrants, plain canopy and corner posts are supplied ready to assemble• Spice drawers feature finger hole for easy opening, reverse is solid

Flemished glazed CurvedDoor and drawer

Cornice

Bottle rack

Lighting pelmet *Curved lighting pelmet Plinth *Curved plinth

Pilaster End panel, tongue & groove(2)

2400x650x18mm

Spice drawer set incl.fronts, boxes and guides

Flying shelf(2)

2400x325x28mmRadius feature end

pack (for base,dresser & tall units)(1)

Cornice corner block

*Curved cornice

Corner post

Plain wall quadrant

Plain floor quadrant

Plain cooker canopy

Modern bottle rack

End panel(2)

2400x650x28mm2400x650x18mm

Pre-glued edging tapePVC edging tape

Veneer edging tape(not sanded)

Modern plate rack (steel rods)

Plate rack

Page 48: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Eterno Walnutvinyl door

1.45

An elegant design of classical proportions Eterno Walnut has sophisticated appeal thatwill stand the test of time.

Page 49: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Eterno Walnut range content 1.46

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardEgger H3703, Kronospan D726, Finsa 94A, Unilin Decor H561.

Door material type - vinyl with raised and fielded centre panel.

(1)Registered design 3009485(2)For end panel specification, please refer to

door range page in the price list

Notes• Corner posts supplied in component form

Clear glazed Door and drawer

H299.224.SS

8/1011.A.SS

H415.160.BS

handle ideas

Bottle rackPlate rack

Plinth

End panel, tongue & groove(2)

2400x650x18mm

End panel(2)

2400x650x28mm 2400x650x18mm

Spice drawer set incl.fronts, boxes and guides

Flying shelf(2)

2400x325x28mmCorner post

Cornice Lighting pelmet

Moulded plinth

Pilaster

PVC edging tapePre-glued edging tapeUn-glued edging tape

Shelf support

Manteltop panel

Mantelside panel

Base radius featureend pack (1)

Moderncornice/light

pelmet

Page 50: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Freestyle Ivoryfoil door

1.47

The simple stepped frame of the Freestyle design combines beautifully with the timeless quality of ivory.

handle ideas

H023.128.SS

H012.128.SS

8/1029.B.SS

Note: Cargo ends are discontinued

Page 51: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Freestyle Ivory range content 1.48

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardEgger U108, Sonae L1057, Thermopal U116, Pfleiderer U1365, Finsa 76B, Kronospan U9569, Kronospan U514.

Door material type - foil

(1)Registered design 2101243(2)For end panel specification, please refer to

door range page in the price list

Notes• Quadrants, plain canopy and corner posts are supplied in component form

Screen glazed Clear glazed with grille Door and drawer

Traditionalcornice(1)

End panel, tongue & groove(2)

2400x650x18mm

Flying shelf(2)

2400x325x28mm

Traditional lightpelmet

End panel(2)

2400x650x28mm2400x650x18mm

Pre-glued edging tapePVC edging tape

Bottle rack

Plate rack

Plinth

Spice drawer set incl.fronts, boxes and guides.

Corner post

Moulded plinth

Mantel top panel Mantelside panel

Moderncornice/light

pelmet

Pilaster

Plain wall quadrant

Shelfsupport

Plain cooker canopy

Page 52: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

newFresco range

vinyl doors

1.49

Celebrating the beauty of neutral matt tones Fresco unites a design ethos that's undeniablymodern in style but so very easy to live with.

See page 1.51 -1.52 for full range content

Fresco Beige

Page 53: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Fresco Beige

Page 54: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Fresco rangevinyl doors

1.51

handle ideas

Fresco White

70.0208.SS

Boss bar handles14mmØ

H295.128.SS

H683.160.SS

8/1026.A.SS

H728.64.SS

Page 55: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Fresco range content 1.52

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardFresco Beige: Egger U156, Thermopal U184, Pfleiderer U1343, Kronospan U119.Fresco White: Egger W908, Sonae B020, Pfleiderer W450, Kronospan K101, Unilin Decor WE13.

Door material type - vinyl

(1)Registered design 3006936(2)Registered design 3006935(3)Registered design 3012068

(4)Registered design 3006937 (5)Registered design 3006938(6)For end panel specification, please refer to door range page in the price list

Notes• For ‘S’ shaped and curved carcase details, please refer to A3 pull-outs at the front of section 1• Corner posts are supplied in component form

Internal curved door to suit 600x600mm

wall cabinet

Internal curved doorto suit 900x900mm

base cabinet

Internal curvedplinth

Internal curvedcornice/lighting pelmet

new new

Letterbox (vertical) screen glazedDoor and drawer Screen glazed Letterbox (horizontal) screen glazed

Curved panel door (1) ‘S’ shaped door(2)Small curved door ‘S’ shaped curved drawerpack (set of 3 drawers)(3)

Curved larder door(4)

Modern cornice/light pelmet

Plinth

Spice drawer set incl.fronts, boxes and

guides

Corner post

Flying shelf(6)

2400x325x28mm

Flexibleplinth, plain

PVC edging tape

Curved cornice forradius feature ends

‘S’ shaped plinth

Curved cornice for use with small curved door

Plain radius corner top section for

cornice

Radius end feature withsecuring battens

(for base, dresser & tall units)(5)

All doors and accessories illustrated are available in each Fresco finish, unless otherwise marked.

new new

Curved glazed wall unit

new

Curved end panel

new

End panel(6)

2400x610x28mm2400x650x18mm

Curved plinth forcurved panel door

Curved plinth for smallcurved door

Page 56: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Gullwing rangefoil doors

1.53

Clean lines and pared down simplicity make the Gullwing family of doors the perfect choice forlovers of minimalist, modern design.

See page 1.55 -1.56 for full range content

Gullwing Oak

Page 57: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Gullwing Maple

Gullwing Beech

Page 58: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Gullwing rangefoil doors

1.55

handle ideas

Gullwing Calvados

H380.160.SS

H345.128.SS

H314.160.SS

H342.160.SSK347.36.SS

8/1027.B.SS

H034.192.AL

H023.128.SS H352.160.SS

Page 59: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Gullwing range content 1.56

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardGullwing Beech Egger H1582, Kronospan D0391, Kronospan D1639, Pfleiderer R5542, Pfleiderer R5304, Sonae M967, Finsa 45A,

Unilin Decor H523.Gullwing Calvados Egger H1950, Kronospan D663, Sonae M956, Pfleiderer 5183, Finsa 42.Gullwing Maple Egger H1727, Egger H1521, Kronospan D1747, Kronospan D9745, Sonae M973, Sonae M516, Finsa 44A, Pfleiderer R5212

Unilin Decor H750.Gullwing Oak Egger H1334, Thermopal F6/159, Kronospan D305.

Door material type - foil

(1)Registered design 3009485(2)For end panel specification, please refer to

door range page in the price list

Notes• Although featured in photography the 50mm end panels are no longer available

Door and drawer Screen glazed

Bottle rackPlate rackPlinth

End panel(2)

2400x650x28mm2400x650x18mm

Spice drawer set incl.fronts, boxes and guides.

Flying shelf(2)

2400x325x28mm

Cornice

Base radius feature endpack (1)

(not available in Gullwing Oak)

Cornice base

All doors and accessories illustrated are available in eachGullwing finish, unless otherwise marked.

Pre-glued edging tapePVC edging tape

Un-glued edging tape

Modern cornice/lightpelmet

Page 60: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

new

Ignea has a timeless identity, with its clean lines and light painted finish revealing the subtle oakgrain for an organic look.

Igneatimber door

1.57

handle ideas

H705.224.SSH529.160.SS (160mm)

H689.192.CH

Page 61: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Ignea range content 1.58

Curved panel door(1) ‘S’ shaped door(2)‘S’ shaped curved drawer pack(3)

(set of 3 drawers)

Curved glazed wall unit Small curved door

Flying shelf(5)

2400x325x28mmCorner postRadius feature end

with securing battens (for base, dresser & tall units)(4)

End panel(5)

2400x610x28mm2400x650x18mm

Curved plinth for smallcurved panel door

PVC edging tapePre-glued edging tape

Veneer edging tape

‘S’ shaped plinth

Curved end panel

Curved plinth for curved panel door

Plain radius cornertop section for

cornice

Curved cornice for usewith radius feature ends

Moderncornice/light

pelmet

Plinth Flexible plinth,plain

Curved cornice for use with small curved door

Letterbox (horizontal) screen glazedLetterbox (vertical) screen glazedScreen glazedDoor and drawer

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardEgger W908, Sonae B020, Pfleiderer W450, Hornitex W44, Kronospan K101, Unilin Decor WE13.

Door material type - timber veneer

(1) Registered design 3006936(2) Registered design 3006935(3) Registered design 3012068(4) Registered design 3006938

(5)For end panel specification, please refer todoor range page in the price list

Notes• Corner posts are supplied in component form• For ‘S’ shaped and curved carcase details, please refer to A3 pull-outs at the front of section 1

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Page 62: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

newIntegrato White

vinyl door

1.59

Cool, calm and collected Integrato's magical white brings out the best in any interior with thehidden handle creating flowing lines to inject a sense of space and serenity.

Page 63: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Integrato range content 1.60

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Door and drawer

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardEgger W908, Sonae B020, Pfleiderer W450, Thermopal gloss SE1(01), Finsa gloss 030, Kronospan K101, Unilin Decor WE13.

Door material type - vinyl

(1) For end panel specification, please refer todoor range page in the price list.

Notes• Corner posts supplied in component form

Flying shelf(1)

2400x325x28mm

End panel(1)

2400x610x28mm2400x650x18mm

Modern cornice/light pelmet

Plinth

PVC edging tapePre-glued edging tape

Page 64: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

H680.160.SSLE

new

Capturing a modern lifestyle Izari's linear design has a stamp of confidence, striking a rich chordin dramatic wenge.

Izaritimber door

1.61

handle ideas

H721.224.SS

K725.32.BK

Page 65: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Izari range content 1.62

Curved panel door(2) ‘S’ shaped door(1)‘S’ shaped curved drawer pack(3)

(set of 3 drawers)

Curved glazed wall unit Small curved door

Flying shelf(5)

2400x325x28mmCorner postRadius feature end

with securing battens (for base, dresser & tall units)(4)

End panel(5)

2400x610x28mm2400x650x18mm

Curved plinth for smallcurved panel door

PVC edging tapePre-glued edging tape

Veneer edging tape

‘S’ shaped plinth

Curved end panel

Curved plinth for curved panel door

Plain radius cornertop section for

cornice

Curved cornice for usewith radius feature ends

Moderncornice/light

pelmet

Plinth Flexible plinth,plain

Curved cornice for use with small curved door

Letterbox (horizontal) screen glazedLetterbox (vertical) screen glazedScreen glazedDoor and drawer

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardPfleiderer R4221, Egger H1137

Door material type - timber veneer

(1)Registered design 3006935(2)Registered design 3006936(3)Registered design 3012068(4)Registered design 3006938

(5)For end panel specification, please refer todoor range page in the price list

Notes• Corner posts are supplied in component form• For ‘S’ shaped and curved carcase details, please refer to A3 pull-outs at the front of section 1

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Page 66: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

new

Maki's distinctive style and warmth with sleek zebrano lines willtake centre stage in any home.

Makitimber door

1.63

handle ideas

H687.32.SN

H620.192.SS

H701.160.SS

Page 67: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Maki range content 1.64

Curved panel door(2) ‘S’ shaped door(1)‘S’ shaped curved drawer pack(3)

(set of 3 drawers)

Curved glazed wall unit Small curved door

Flying shelf2400x325x28mm

Corner postRadius feature end with securing battens

(for base, dresser & tall units)(4)

End panel2400x610x28mm2400x650x18mm

Curved plinth for smallcurved panel door

Veneer edging tape

‘S’ shaped plinth

Curved end panel

Curved plinth for curved panel door

Plain radius cornertop section for

cornice

Curved cornice for usewith radius feature ends

Moderncornice/light

pelmet

Plinth Flexible plinth,plain

Curved cornice for use with small curved door

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardPfleiderer U1980 (Plain colour)

Door material type - timber veneer

(1)Registered design 3006935(2)Registered design 3006936(3)Registered design 3012068(4)Registered design 3006938

Notes• Corner posts are supplied in component form• For ‘S’ shaped and curved carcase details, please refer to A3 pull-outs at the front of section 1

Letterbox (horizontal) screen glazedLetterbox (vertical) screen glazedScreen glazedDoor and drawer

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Page 68: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

new

Pesca’s streamlined styling is perfect for sophisticated open plan living, with the tactile finishadding a sense of warmth to the interior.

Pescavinyl door

1.71

handle ideas

H599.224.SSH420.128.DN

H597.224.SS

H620.192.SS

K557.35.SS

Page 69: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Pesca range content 1.72

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Curved panel door(2) ‘S’ shaped door(1)‘S’ shaped curved drawer pack(3)

(set of 3 drawers)

Curved glazed wall unit Small curved door

Flying shelf(5)

2400x325x28mmCorner postRadius feature end

with securing battens (for base, dresser & tall units)(4)

End panel(5)

2400x610x28mm2400x650x18mm

Curved plinth for smallcurved panel door

‘S’ shaped plinth

Curved end panel

Curved plinth for curved panel door

Plain radius cornertop section for

cornice

Curved cornice for usewith radius feature ends

Moderncornice/light

pelmet

Plinth Flexible plinth,plain

Curved cornice for use with small curved door

Letterbox (horizontal) screen glazedLetterbox (vertical) screen glazedScreen glazedDoor and drawer

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardEgger U999, Kronospan U190, Finsa 23I, Pfleiderer U1200, Sonae L324, Thermopal U007, Unilin Decor UD35.

Door material type - vinyl (peach skin finish)

(1)Registered design 3006935(2)Registered design 3006936(3)Registered design 3012068(4)Registered design 3006938

(5)For end panel specification, please refer todoor range page in the price list.

Notes• Corner posts are supplied in component form• For ‘S’ shaped and curved carcase details, please refer to A3 pull-outs at the front of section 1

Page 70: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Saponettavinyl door

1.73

Saponetta makes a bold statement in its own right with a striking high gloss finish for anultra modern look.

Page 71: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Saponetta range content 1.74

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardEgger W908, Kronospan K101, Thermopal gloss SE1, Finsa gloss 030.

Door material type - vinyl

(1)For end panel specification, please refer todoor range page in the price list.

Notes• Corner posts supplied in component form

Square pattern glazedDoor and drawer

11.2620.96.SS

H250.160.SN

handle ideas

940/107SS

Plinth

End panel(1)

2400x610x28mm2400x650x18mm

Spice drawer set incl.fronts, boxes and guides.

Flying shelf(1)

2400x325x28mm

PVC edging tapePre-glued edging tapeUn-glued edge tape

Moderncornice/light

pelmet

Corner post

Cornice

Page 72: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Scope rangefoil doors (except Scope Ivory*)

1.75

The Scope door family embodies form and function with simple styling and inspiring finishesensuring limitless options for both modern and classic interiors.

See page 1.79 -1.80 for full range content

Scope Ivory

*Scope Ivory is a vinyl door

Page 73: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Scope Beech

Page 74: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Scope Montana Oak

Scope Walnut

Page 75: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Scope rangefoil doors (except Scope Ivory*)

1.78

See page 1.79 -1.80 for full range content

Scope Maple

*Scope Ivory is a vinyl door

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Page 76: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Scope Calvados

*Scope Ivory is a vinyl door

Scope rangefoil doors (except Scope Ivory*)

1.79

handle ideas

H295.128.SS

H312.96.SS

K530.35.SS (32mm)

70.0320.SS

K068.25.SSH345.128.SS

H335.32.SS (32mm)

H529.160.SS

Note: Cargo ends are now discontinued

Page 77: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Scope range content 1.80

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardScope Beech Egger H1582, Finsa 45A, Pfleiderer R5304, Pfleiderer R5542, Kronospan D0391, Kronospan D1639,

Sonae M967, Unilin Decor H523.Scope Calvados Egger H1950, Finsa 42, Kronospan D663, Sonae M956, Pfleiderer 5183.Scope Ivory Egger U108, Sonae L1057, Thermopal U116, Pfleiderer U1365, Finsa 76B, Kronospan U514, Kronospan U9569.Scope Montana Oak Egger H1342, Kronospan D1929, Pfleiderer R4215, Sonae M963, Unilin decor H308. Scope Maple Egger H1727, Egger H1521, Kronospan D9745, Kronospan D1747, Sonae M973, Sonae M516, Finsa 44A, Pfleiderer R5212

Unilin Decor H750.Scope Walnut Egger H3703, Kronospan D726, Finsa 94A, Unilin Decor H561.

Door material type - foil, except Scope Ivory which is vinyl.

(1)Registered design 3009485(2)For end panel specification, please refer to

door range page in the price list

Notes• Drawer fronts can be supplied as 1 piece slab or 3 piece option• Corner posts supplied in component form

Door and drawer Clear glazed with grille Screen glazed

All doors and accessories illustrated areavailable in each Scope finish, unless

otherwise marked.

Bottle rackPlate rackPlinth

End panel(2)

2400x650x28mm2400x650x18mm

Spice drawer set incl.fronts, boxes and guides.

Flying shelf(2)

2400x325x28mm

Cornice

Radius feature endpacks(1) for base, units

Cornice base

PVC edging tapePre-glued edging tapeUn-glued edging tape

Modern cornice/lightpelmet

Corner post

Page 78: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Stainless steelsteel door

1.81

The pristine and practical beauty of stainless steel has sleek lines for widecontemporary appeal.

Page 79: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Stainless steel range content 1.82

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardEgger F501, Kronospan D851, Sonae F934, Pfleiderer F8110, Finsa 303, Unilin Decor F939.

Door material type - grade 1 stainless steel 1.4016 (430S17)

(1)Registered design: 3006936(2)Registered design: 3006935(3)Registered design: 3012068

Notes• For ‘S’ shaped & curved carcase detail, please refer to A3 pull-outs at the front of section 1• Corner door solution is not available in this range

Door and drawer

handle ideas

H295.128.SS

H301.192.SS

H302.320.SS

Pilaster(floor & full heightoptions available)

Curved panel door(1) ‘S’ shaped door(2)

‘S’ shaped curved drawer front(3)

Plinth

Stainless steel door applicationFit with standard concealed hinges (giving note to the weight factor) bymounting in the normal way; drilling a 35mm hole in to the mfc core.Use a sharp HSS twist drill for handle holes and carefully centre punch asmall pop-mark in the face of the door and slowly drill through. Pleasenote the following hinge requirements for curved feature doors.

It is recommended to use the Second Nature E-Cloth (AP1) orstainless steel spray (SSCLEANER) which will keep a constant smear-free shine. (Refer to section 3, for further details on stainlesssteel cleaning equipment).

door boxed weight required amount of hinges

‘S’ shaped door 12kg 3 hinges

Curved panel door 13.6kg 4 hinges

Curved larder door 23.5kg 6 hinges

Page 80: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Valaisvinyl door

1.83

Calm, understated and enduringly stylish, Valais’ shimmering white gloss finish and simpleShaker style enhance light and space to create an interior for modern living.

Page 81: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Valais range content 1.84

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Screen glazed Door and drawer

Suggested co-ordinating mfc boardEgger W908, Thermopal gloss SE1(01), Finsa gloss 030, Kronospan K101.

Door material type - vinyl

(1)Registered design 3006935(2)Registered design 3012068(3)Registered design 3009485

(4)For end panel specification, please refer todoor range page in the price list

Notes• Canopy and corner posts are supplied in component form

handle ideas

H587.160.SS

H673.192.CH

H529.160.SS

Plinth

‘S’ shaped door(1) Small curved door ‘S’ shaped curved drawer pack

(set of 3 drawers)(2)

Cornice Lightingpelmet

Cornicecorner block

Curved cornice for use withsmall curved door

Curved plinth for small curved door

Curved modern cornicefor use with radius

feature ends

Curved glazed wall unit(plain glass)

Bottle rack

Pilaster End panel, tongue and groove(4)

2400x650x18mm

Spice drawer set incl.fronts, boxes and guides

Flying shelf(4)

2400x325x28mmRadius feature

end pack(3)

(for base, dresser & tall units)

Corner post

Plain cooker canopy

End panel(4)

2400x610x28mm2400x650x18mm

Pre-glued edging tapePVC edging tape

Plate rack ‘S’ shaped plinth

Page 82: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

feature doors - tambours1.87

Metallic tambour - stainless steel effect• Available to suit 500mm and 600mm modular wide units• Features a decorative fascia trim that conceals the edge of the carcase• Suitable for use with 18mm carcase • 265mm carcase depth required

Tambour doors are highly popular in modern kitchen design, creating a focal point they also offer practical storage forsmall appliances and handy worktop level access. They can also be used in other areas such as utility rooms, offices andmobile homes. Operating on a balanced spring roller mechanism, the doors have a smooth operation and stop safely inany position. Tambour units require an internal depth of 260mm. The deluxe versions feature a face-fix frame which concealsthe carcase edge and the standard versions fit within the carcase and have a fascia piece on the top edge.

order code description

MTDK1210X500 Metallic tambour door kit, 1174X464mm

MTDK1210X600 Metallic tambour door kit, 1174X564mm

Note: It is essential that the roller mechanism is fitted to the unit before the

unit is fitted in place and the carcase is lying horizontal. Please refer to the

manufacturer’s instructions, supplied with the unit, prior to installation.

Page 83: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

1.88

Order online at .pws.co.uk

feature doors - tambours

Deluxe tambour - stainless steel effect• Available to suit 500mm, 600mm, 800mm and 1000mm modular

widths in 2 height options • Suitable for use with 18mm carcases• Features a decorative fascia trim that conceals the edge of the

carcase

order code description (all items are stainless steel effect)

DTDK720x500 Deluxe tambour door kit, 684x464mm

DTDK720x600 Deluxe tambour door kit, 684x564mm

DTDK1210x500 Deluxe tambour door kit, 1174x464mm

DTDK1210x600 Deluxe tambour door kit, 1174x564mm

DTDK1210x800 Deluxe tambour door kit, 1174x764mm

DTDK1210x1000 Deluxe tambour door kit, 1174x964mm

Note: Handle not included. Please refer to section 2.

Standard tambour - stainless steel effect

• Available to suit 500mm, 600mm, 800mm and 1000mm modular widths in 2 height options

• Suitable for use with 18mm carcases

order code description (all items are stainless steel effect)

TDK720x500 Standard tambour door kit, 684 x 464mm

TDK720x600 Standard tambour door kit, 684 x 564mm

TDK1210x500 Standard tambour door kit, 1174 x 464mm

TDK1210x600 Standard tambour door kit, 1174 x 564mm

TDK1210x800 Standard tambour door kit, 1174 x 764mm

TDK1210x1000 Standard tambour door kit, 1174 x 964mm

Note: Handle not included. Please refer to section 2.

Page 84: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Metaglaze wide aluminium framed glass door• A glazed door with a wide aluminium frame and frosted glass, offered

in a range of sizes to suit wall, dresser, top box and base applications• All doors supplied pre-drilled with holes for hinges and 128mm

handles with left or right hand options. Doors are handed by thehinged side and by the wall unit. For the base unit the opposite handneeds to be ordered to ensure the handle does not reside at thebottom. In addition the 797mm and 997mm wide doors are available without pre-drilled holes for hinges

• Supplied with C9A6C99 hinge. B2 mounting plates are recommendedfor use with the supplied hinge, please refer to section 6

• Handle holes are Ø8mm to allow for glass & frame to align. It isrecommended that handles with a min Ø10mm base are used

• If using 2x355mm doors in a bi-folding situation, consider ordering 1xwith hinge holes and 1x without

• Extreme care should be taken if drilling door frames (eg. for drawers,flap stays)

feature doors - framed glass doors1.89

order code description

WFA358HHG Glazed door, 355x797mm, aluminium

WFA358G Glazed door, 355x797mm, no hinge holes, aluminium

WFA350HHG Glazed door, 355x997mm, aluminium

WFA350G Glazed door, 355x997mm, no hinge holes, aluminium

WFA714GLH Glazed door, 715x397mm, left hand, aluminium

WFA714GRH Glazed door, 715x397mm, right hand, aluminium

WFA715GLH Glazed door, 715x497mm, left hand, aluminium

order code description

WFA715GRH Glazed door, 715x497mm, right hand, aluminium

WFA716GLH Glazed door, 715x597mm, left hand, aluminium

WFA716GRH Glazed door, 715x597mm, right hand, aluminium

WFA895GLH Glazed door, 895x497mm, left hand, aluminium

WFA895GRH Glazed door, 895x497mm, right hand, aluminium

WFA125GLH Glazed door, 1245x497mm, left hand, aluminium

WFA125GRH Glazed door, 1245x497mm, right hand, aluminium

Standard metaglaze framed glass doorstainless steel effect finish

• Framed glazed doors with ‘milky effect’ glass• Brushed stainless steel effect frame• Supplied with the necessary hinges, screws and 3mm mounting plates• 355mm doors can be used as top box units using the self closure top flap stay or using the new universal flap stay, refer to section 6 for further details on

these items

order code descriptionAF358G Standard metaglaze framed glass door, 355x797mm,

stainless steelAF350G Standard metaglaze framed glass door, 355x997mm,

stainless steelAF714G Standard metaglaze framed glass door, 715x397mm,

stainless steelAF715G Standard metaglaze framed glass door, 715x497mm,

stainless steelAF716G Standard metaglaze framed glass door, 715x597mm,

stainless steelAF895G Standard metaglaze framed glass door, 895x497mm,

stainless steelAF1065G Standard metaglaze framed glass door, 1061x497mm,

stainless steelAF125G Standard metaglaze framed glass door, 1245x497mm,

stainless steel

Page 85: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Aluglide sliding glass doorThe beauty of the Aluglide sliding system is that the doors are almost effortlessto open, offering easy access coupled with a vast amount of storage.

• Available to suit both 360mm and 720mm heights in 1500mm, 2000mmand 2500mm widths

• Door heights are 315mm for 360mm carcase and 677mm for 720mmcarcase

• Only suitable for use with 18mm carcases• Installation instructions should be followed carefully to ensure correct

fitting

Framed glass door• A milky effect glass with white mdf frame fitted to the reverse creates

the effect of an aluminium framed door• Standard hinge cups can be used • Top box size will operate with standard lifting systems• Supplied pre-drilled for 128mm handle (not supplied)

1.90feature doors - framed glass doors

Frameless glass doors• Used as a run of units or as feature areas, these stylish glass doors reflect

chic contemporary style • Suitable for use with standard hinges• Manufactured from toughened glass on a painted white mdf core• Not suitable for use with KMHS microwave hinge kit• Pre-drilled for handles with 128mm hole centres• When using 715mm door in a normal application, 2x standard salice

hinges can be used• Wall unit application is handed by the hinged side to ensure the handle

drilling is at the bottom of the door• For base unit application the opposite need to be ordered to ensure the

handle drilling is at the top of the door

order code description

UGD350 Frameless glass doors, 355x997mm, 8.4kg*

UGD358 Frameless glass doors, 355x797mm, 7.4kg*

UGD715LH Frameless glass doors, 715x497mm, left hand, 8.9kg*

UGD715RH Frameless glass doors, 715x497mm, right hand, 8.9kg*

order code description

ASD1500X360AL Aluglide, sliding door set, 1500x360mm

ASD2000X360AL Aluglide, sliding door set, 2000x360mm

ASD2500X360AL Aluglide, sliding door set, 2500x360mm

ASD1500X720AL Aluglide, sliding door set, 1500x720mm

ASD2000X720AL Aluglide, sliding door set, 2000x720mm

ASD2500X720AL Aluglide, sliding door set, 2500x720mm

order code description

GFD358 Glazed door, 355x797mm

GFD350 Glazed door, 355x997mm

GFD714 Glazed door, 715x397mm*

GFD715 Glazed door, 715x497mm*

GFD716 Glazed door, 715x597mm*

GFD718 Glazed door, 715x797mm

GFD710 Glazed door, 715x997mm

GFD895 Glazed door, 895x497mm*

GFD1065 Glazed door, 1061x497mm*

GFD125 Glazed door, 1245x497mm*

*This is the weight of the door including packaging

* These doors are handed by the wall unit. Suffix order code with LH for left hand or RH for right hand.

Page 86: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Lindo walnut modern basket shown in-frame Lindo natural oak detail

Modern basketsIdeal for storing vegetables and fresh foodstuffs

Lindo• Available in natural oak and walnut, designed for use in 500mm

and 600mm wide units• Suitable for both in-frame and lay-on• Frame includes a routed handle and all-in-one assembly• External width: 420mm for 500mm, 520mm for 600mm• Depth 460mm, height front 136.5mm, height sides 210mm • Each basket includes 2x runners

modern baskets1.91

order code descriptionIFMBNO500S Lindo modern basket, 500mm, natural oak & metal, pairIFMBNO600S Lindo modern basket, 600mm, natural oak & metal, pairIFMBW500S Lindo modern basket, 500mm, walnut & metal, pairIFMBW600S Lindo modern basket, 600mm, walnut & metal, pair Lindo walnut modern basket

Page 87: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

1.92accessories

Wicker basket• A woven wicker basket ideal for storing vegetables and fresh

foodstuffs, designed for use in 500mm and 600mm wide units • Frame includes a routed handle and all in one assembly• External width: 410mm for 500mm, 510mm for 600mm• Depth: 450mm • Height (inc frame): 210mm • Each basket includes 2x rubberwood runners

(34mm x 37mm x 410mm x 8mm)

Spice drawer boxes• Made from solid beech with comb joint construction and sculptured

handle cut-out • Size: 250mm deep x 152mm wide x 120mm height• Handle cut-out size 30mm wide, 25mm deep

order code description

WKR500/2 Wicker basket with runners, pair

WKR600/2 Wicker basket with runners, pair

order code description

SD250 Spice drawer, solid beech, 250mmx152mmx120mm

Note: subject to fittings discount terms

Page 88: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Base corner door solutionfor base unit application

Corner door solutions are available for the majority of PWS doorranges, 715mm high. Supplied in sets of 2 doors.

The door widths vary depending on the range and the thickness ofthe door: -

• 311mm for 22mm doors• 313mm for 20mm doors• 315mm for 18mm doors

Required carcase depth is 560mm on a 900x900mm corner situation. It is recommended that the Salice corner unit hinge C2AYA99 is usedto join the 2 doors, (shown section 6), alternatively a piano hinge canbe used.

Please refer to individual door range pages in the PWS Directory pricelist for product code numbers.

Full height pilasterFloor pilaster

miscellaneous accessories1.93

Note: Where necessary the internal corner edges of these doors have

been cut square for this application.

Pilasters• Stainless steel pilasters made from 50mm wide tubing• Suitable for use with stainless steel doors or used as a feature

in any contemporary style kitchen• The pilasters are finished on all four sides which enables them to

be used either way round• Supplied complete with drill bit and self tapping screws

order code description (all items are stainless steel effect)

SSFP870 Stainless steel floor pilaster, 870x100x50mm

SSFP2120 Stainless steel full height pilaster, 2120x100x50mm

Stainless steel effect plinth• Made from real sheet aluminium with a contemporary brushed steel

effect• A clear plastic edge strip gives a neat finish along the top and

bottom edges • Install with an adhesive fix and screw plinth clips with self-tapping

screws• SSPEPLG - the bottom plastic lug will need to be snapped off before use

order code description

SSP30 Stainless steel effect plinth 3000x150mm

SSJC90 90º corner, stainless steel effect

SSSJC Straight plinth joint, stainless steel effect

SSPEPLG End cap for stainless steel effect plinth, light grey

SSJC135 135º corner, stainless steel effect

SSMC Multicorner, stainless steel effect

Page 89: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

1.94display ideas

Astor ClassicDresser display

• 2x RCDLS738x500• 1x RCAC738x1000• 1x RCGDS1210x500D• 1x RCGDS1210x500S• 2x RCFDEP890x580• 2x RCDDEP1210x320G• 2x RCGP24• 2x MSGP24• 1x RCBRCKET• cornice, cornice section• light pelmet & plinth• RCFS24 flying shelf• worktop of customer’s choice

Astor OakButler’s pantry/dresser

• 2x ROPDL738x600• 1x ROPDL738x1000• 2x ROGDS1210x500D• 2x ROGDS355x500• 1x RODSP1210x1000• 2x RODDEP1210x320G• 2x ROFDEP890x580• 2x ROCPANELKITG• 2x ROCORBEL• 2x ROC30• 2x ROCS30• 1x ROP30• 2x ROGP24

Internal elevation• 2x ROBR12• 4x BN139x163• 2x BN144• 2x DRBP• 2x BNFS24• 4x BNEP25• 1x ROL30• 9x PIX1LED

Island unit• 2x RODS738X600• 2x RODS355X600• 1x ROOFDL738X600• 4x ROCDS738X320• 2x ROSDS738X200• 1x ROTS738X200• 4x ROFP890• Plinth & curved plinth• 18mm end panel• worktop of customer’s choice

Page 90: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

display ideas1.95

Avant BlackIsland unit

• 6x VK715• 2x VKCD715x447.5• 1x VKCDPS1000• 2x VKCPS560• plinth• worktop of customer’s choice

Avant EbonyLow level work area

• 4x VE280• 4x VE575• 28mm end panels joined• plinth• worktop of customer’s choice

Broadoak IvoryIsland unit

• 8x BI715• 4x BI280• 12x BI139x163• 4x BIBEP890 base radius feature end pack• plinth, end panel & worktop of customer’s choice

Page 91: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

1.96display ideas

Broadoak LightStudio height dresser

• 2x BL1065M• 2x BL145• plinth, end panel & worktop of customer’s choice

BedeFull height dresser

• 3x BE356GG• 6x BE123• 6x BE143• 4x BE286• 1x BE576• 1x BEFEP2120 • 2x BEBFEP890 cut and joined• cornice, cornice base, cornice corner block, plinth & end panel

Dresser• 4x BE145• 4x BE139X163• 2x BE1065GG• 4x BEFC890 (floor column)• cornice, cornice base & 28mm end panel & worktop of customer’s

choice

Island unit• 4x BE715• 4x BE288 • 4x BE144• 4x BEFC890 (floor column)• 2x BEBR12• light pelmet, plinth, tongue & groove end panel & worktop of

customer’s choice

Broadoak NaturalBookcase

• 4x BNCD716• 2x BNCPS560• plinth, end panel & worktop of customer’s choice

Dresser• 2x BN1065FG• 3x BN575• 3x BN145• 2x BNBFEP890• 2x BNDFEP1210• 4x KWRH500C• cornice, cornice corner blocks, plinth, end panel & worktop

of customer’s choice

Page 92: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

display ideas1.97

Croft WashedDresser

• 4x CW575• 4x CW145• 2x CW280• 4x CW1065GG• 4x CWSD5 • 2x CW715GG• cornice, light pelmet, plinth, end panel and worktop of customer’s

choice

Island mirror image• 4x CW575• 4x CW145• 4x CWCD716• 4x CWFC890• 4x CWCP30• light pelmet, plinth, end panels and worktop of customer’s choice

Croft OakDresser with plate rack

• 10x CR145• 1x CR140• 2x CR280• 2x CR1065GG• 2x CRSD5• plate rack, cornice, cornice base, cornice corner block,

plinth, end panel & worktop of customer’s choice

Dresser with gothic arch doors• 3x CR1065GA• 2x CR145• 1x CRSD5• 2x CR715• 4x CR355• plate rack, cornice, cornice base, cornice corner block,

plinth, end panel & worktop of customer’s choice

CentrisIsland unit

• 2x CN140• 2x CN280• 4x CN715• 28mm end panel, flying shelf, plinth• worktop of customer’s choice

Page 93: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

1.98display ideas

Eden ClassicTall dresser

• 2x EDC356G• 2x EDC126• 4x EDC143• 4x EDC286• 2x EDOBFEP890• 2x EDODFEP2120• cornice, cornice base, cornice corner block, plinth, end panel &

worktop of customer’s choice

Island unit• 4x EDC716• 4x EDCPR12• 4x EDCBR12• 4x EDCFC890• light pelmet, plinth, tongue & grooved end panel & worktop of

customer’s choice

Eden Oak (also featured in Eden Sanded)

Glazed dresser

• 3x EDO1065• 12x EDO145• 1x EDOSD5• 2x EDOBFEP890• 2x EDODFEP1210• cornice, cornice base, cornice corner blocks, light pelmet, plinth,

end panel & worktop of customer’s choice

Estro WalnutBookcase

• 4x EOCD716• 2x EOCPS560• plinth, end panel & worktop of customer’s choice

Island unit• 4x EO716• 4x EOCD716• 4x EO715X257• 4x EOCOS560• plinth & worktop of customer’s choice

Dresser• 2x EO1065FG• 2x EO575• 3x EO145• 2x EOBFEP890• 2x EODFEP1210• 1x IFMBW500S• 4x KWRH500C• cornice, cornice corner blocks, plinth, end panel & worktop

of customer’s choice

Page 94: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

display ideas1.99

Eterno WalnutIsland unit

• 8x EWA715• 4x EWA350• 4x EWARFE890• plinth, end panel & worktop of customer’s choice

Fresco WhiteIsland unit

• 4x FR139X1197• 8x FR283X1197• 4x FRRFE890• plinth, end panel & worktop of customer’s choice

Ignea Island unit

• 4x IA716• 2x IA715• 2x IA280• 1x IA140• 4x IARFE890• plinth • worktop of customer’s choice

Fresco BeigeIsland unit

• 2x FB280• 7x FB716• 1x FB713• 2x FBCD716• 1x FBCP30• plinth & corner plinth• worktop of customer’s choice

Page 95: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

1.100display ideas

Integrato WhiteIsland unit

• 4x IH259• 2x IH149• 4x IH256• 2x IH146• 5x IH716• 3x ALHP3000• 4x ALDP600• 4x ALDP800• stainless steel plinth• 28mm end panel• worktop of customer’s choice

Milton IvoryIsland unit

• 2x MITS738x216• 4x MIDLS738X500• 2x MIOFDL738X500• 4x MIISC890• 3x MIMPR1200• light pelmet, plinth, end panels• worktop of customer’s choice

IzariIsland unit

• 1x IZ574• 2x IZ716• 4x IZ286• 2x IZ146• 1x IZ714• 1x IZ715X257• 2x IZCD716• 3x IZCD715X447.5• 4x IZRFE890• 2x IZCP30• 28mm end panel• plinth, curved plinth• worktop of customer’s choice Note: Worktop bin is no longer available

Page 96: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

display ideas1.101

Milton OakIsland unit

• 3x MOISEP1185• 12x MODS738x500• plinth • worktop of customer’s choice

Island drawer line mirror image• 3x MOISEP1185• 6x MOPDS738x1000• plinth• worktop of customer’s choice

Glazed dresser• 4x MODLS738x500• 1x MOPDS738x1000• 4x MOGDS1210x500• 2x MOMPR1200• 1x MOFS24• 1x MOOF918x1000• cornice, plinth, 28mm end panel• worktop of customer’s choice

Milton OakIsland door line mirror image

• 4x MOCDS738X320• 4x MOISC890• 4x MOOFDL738X500• plinth• worktop of customer’s choice

Dresser• 4x MOGDS1210X500S• 1x MOPDL738X1000• cornice • plinth• worktop of customer’s choice

Page 97: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

1.102display ideas

Milton SageIsland unit

• 1x MSPDL738X1000• 2x MSOFDL738X500• 2x MODLS738X300• 1x MSSDS738X200• 2x MSDS738X600• 1x MSTS738x200• 1x MSDPS738X400• 4x MSISEP1185• 3x BNBR12• plinth• worktop and chopping board of customer’s choice

Milton WalnutIsland unit

• 4x MWCDS738X580• 2x MWDS738X300• 2x MWDS738X500• 1x MWPDL738X800• plinth, curved plinth, 18 & 28mm end panels• worktop of customer’s choice

Scope WalnutIsland unit

• 8x SW358• 4x SW716• plinth & worktop of customer’s choice

Scope MapleIsland unit

• 4x SC145• 8x SC285• 2x SC140• 4x SC280• 8x DL145SS• end panel & worktop of customer’s choice

Page 98: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

display ideas1.103

ValaisIsland unit

• 2x LS140• 4x LS280• 4x LS715• 2x LSCD716• 1x LS713• 28mm panel• plinth, curved plinth • worktop of customer’s choice

VanbrughAncillary chest

• 1x GHAC738x1000• 2x GHDS738x300• 2x GHDS738x600• 2x GHOFDL738X500• 1x GHDPS738X600• 4x GHFP890• 2x GHCDS738x320• 6x GHBR12• plinth• tongue & groove end panel• worktop of customer’s choice

Page 99: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Page 100: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

2.01

H680.160.SSLE(1)

H681.224.SSLE(1)

H682.336.SSLE(1)

H692.432.SSLE(1)

H683.160.SSLE(1)

H684.224.SSLE(1)

H685.336.SSLE(1)

H693.432.SSLE(1)

22mm BarH694.128.SSH695.160.SSH696.224.SS

14mm BarH697.128.SSH698.160.SSH699.224.SS

H700.128.SSH701.160.SSH702.224.SSH703.288.SS

H704.160.SSH705.224.SSH706.288.SS

H722.64.SSH721.224.SS H733.160.SS

H731.96.SSH732.160.SSH733.160.SSK730.32.SS

18mm BarH707.128.SSH708.160.SSH709.224.SS K710.28.SS

H711.160.SSH712.224.SSH713.288.SSK718.46.SS

newstainless steel effect

Page 101: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

new

2.02

Order online at .pws.co.uk

H621.96.SS (96 mm)H620.192.SS (192mm)

H674.128.SSLE(1) (128mm)H675.160.SSLE(1) (160 mm)H676.192.SSLE(1) (192mm)

H588.128.SS (128 mm)

H659.128.SS (128mm) H660.128.SS (128 mm) H666.128.SS (128mm)

K726.40.SSK720.50.SS H728.64.SSK729.32.SSH727.128.SS

K663.40.SS (40mmØ)H657.128.SS (128mm)

H656.128.SS (128mm)

Notes:(1) Stainless steel effect with leather effect feature

Where applicable hole centres are indicated in brackets

stainless steel effect

new

K658.16.SSK665.25.SS (25 mmØ)

new newnew

Page 102: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

2.03

H668.64.SS (64mm)H667.128.SS (128 mm)

H669.128.SS (128mm)H670.160.SS (160mm)H671.192.SS (192mm) H677.160.SS (160mm)

H661.64.SS (64mm)H662.160.SS (160 mm) H664.160.SS (160mm)

H584.128.SS (128mm)H598.160.SS (160mm)H599.224.SS (224mm)

H589.128.SS (128 mm) H590.128.SS (128mm)

H581.128.SS (128mm)H594.160.SS (160mm)H595.224.SS (224mm)

H587.160.SS (160mm) H585.128.SS (128 mm) H586.160.SS (160mm)

stainless steel effect

Page 103: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

2.04

Order online at .pws.co.uk

H523.160.SS (160mm) H556.160.SS (160mm)

H503.128.SS (128mm)H504.192.SS (192mm) H505.224.SS (224mm) H506.384.SS (384mm)

H600.128.SS (128mm) H601.128.SS (128mm)

H582.128.SS (128mm)H596.160.SS (160mm)H597.224.SS (224mm)

H494.SS Designed for use with curved door H491.224.SS (224mm)

H512.96.SS (96mm)H513.224.SS (224mm) H514.352.SS (352mm)

stainless steel effect

K501.40.SS K557.35.SS

H495.SS Designed for use with ‘S’ shaped door/drawer

H383.160.SS (160mm)H384.128.SS (128mm)

Notes: Where applicable hole centres are indicated in brackets

Page 104: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

2.05

H502.128.SS (128mm) H492.192.SS (192mm) H385.160.SS (160mm)

H516.128.SS (128mm)H517.192.SS (192mm)H518.256.SS (256mm)

H533.160.SS (160mm)H534.224.SS (224mm)H535.352.SS (352mm)

H522.160.SS (160mm)

H536.160.SS (160mm)H537.224.SS (224mm)H538.288.SS (288mm)H539.352.SS (352mm)

H567.160.SS (160mm)

H559.160.SS (160mm)H560.192.SS (192mm)H561.320.SS (320mm) H515.128.SS (128mm)

H507.128.SS (128mm)H508.160.SS (160mm) H509.224.SS (224mm) H510.288.SS (288mm)H511.352.SS (352mm)

H519.160.SS (160mm)H520.224.SS (224mm)H521.288.SS (288mm)

stainless steel effect

Page 105: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

2.06

Order online at .pws.co.uk

K530.35.SSH023.128.SS (128mm)H022.192.SS (192mm)

H426.128.BS (128mm)(1)

H428.160.BS (160mm)(1)

H338.160.SS (160mm)H378.160.SS (160mm)H379.320.SS (320mm)

H525.128.SS (128mm)H526.160.SS (160mm)

H529.160.SS (160mm) H003.160.SF (160mm)(2)

1948SS (96mm)1949SS (128mm)1950SS (160mm)1781SS (192mm)2285SS (224mm)

Notes: (1)Handle is brushed steel effect (2)Handle is bright steel effect

Where applicable hole centres are indicated in brackets

stainless steel effect

H340.128.SS (128mm)H342.160.SS (160mm)

H004.128.SF (128mm)(2)H005.160.SF (160mm)(2) H417.160.BS (160mm)(1)

Page 106: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

2.07

H380.160.SS (160mm)H381.320.SS (320mm)

H300.128.SS (128mm) H301.192.SS (192mm)H302.320.SS (320mm)H303.448.SS (448mm) 1001/131SS (96mm)

H421.128.BS (128mm)(1) K447.40.BS (40mmØ)(1) TK2SS70.0208.SS (128mm)70.0320.SS (240mm)

8/1029.B.SS (160mm)8/1026.B.SS (160mm)8/1026.A.SS (320mm)

8/1027.B.SS (160mm)8/1027.A.SS (320mm)

stainless steel effect

873.34.SS 163/29SSK072.30.SS (30mmØ) H423.32.BS (32mm)(1)H425.32.BS (32mm)(1)

Page 107: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

2.08

Order online at .pws.co.uk

H345.128.SS (128mm)H346.192.SS (192mm)

K067.20.SS (20mmØ)K068.25.SS (25mmØ)K069.30.SS (30mmØ) 6432SSK075.30.SS

K353.36.SS (36mm length)

H333.160.SS (160mm)

H012.128.SS (128mm)H013.224.SS (224mm)H014.320.SS (320mm)H015.448.SS (448mm)

H295.128.SS (128mm)H297.160.SS (160mm)H299.224.SS (224mm)

Notes: (1)Handle is brushed steel effect

Where applicable hole centres are indicated in brackets

stainless steel effect

H019.160.SS (160mm)1003/79SS (64mm)H415.160.BS (128-160mm)(1)H413.320.BS (320mm)(1) H334.128.SS (128mm)

K347.36.SS H335.32.SS (32mm)H433.160.BS (160mm)(1)

8/965.C.SS (96mm)8/965.B.SS (128mm)8/965.A.SS (160mm)

Page 108: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

2.09

H409.128.SS (128mm)H410.224.SS (224mm)H411.320.SS (320mm)H412.448.SS (448mm) H352.160.SS (160mm)(1)

940/107SS (96mm)940/141SS (128mm)

944/170SS (128mm) H522.160.SS (160mm)8/969.C.SS (96mm)8/969.B.SS (128mm)

8/1011.A.SS (160mm) 8/963.A.SS (160mm)11.2620.96.SS (96mm)11.2620.SS (128mm)

8/972.B.SS (96mm)8/972.A.SS (128mm)

941/107SS (right hand shown) (96mm)1034/107SS (left hand) (96mm)

H314.160.SS (160mm)See size matrix right for additional sizes.

Notes: (1) Handle is solid steelWhere applicable hole centres are indicated in brackets

stainless steel effect

order code hole centres

H313.128.SS 128mm

H314.160.SS 160mm

H315.192.SS 192mm

H317.256.SS 256mm

H318.320.SS 320mm

H319.448.SS 448mm

Page 109: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

2.10

Order online at .pws.co.uk

8/993TRSN (160mm) 8/993FRSN (160mm)(1) BH128C/SN (128mm)(1)

K686.32.SN H687.32.SN K691.12.SNH690.160.SN

Notes: (1) Frosted plastic with satin nickel ends

Where applicable hole centres are indicated in brackets

satin nickel

newnewnew new

10/775SN 1017/53SN6432SN Knobc/w backplate 1965SN

Page 110: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

2.11

K419.32.DN (32mm)(1)SN1948 (96mm)SN1950 (160mm) 8/964.B.SN (96mm)

8/954.A.SN (128mm)8/955.A.SN (192mm) H250.160.SN (160mm) 8/985SN (128mm)

8/965.B.SN (128mm) H420.128.DN (128mm)(1) SN2753 (96mm)

satin nickel

Notes: (1) Dull nickel finishWhere applicable hole centres are indicated in brackets

Page 111: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

2.12

Order online at .pws.co.uk

14 & 22mmØ boss bar handles

product code diameter door height length

H117.510.SS 14mm 570mm 510mm

H118.655.SS 14mm 715mm 655mm

H119.835.SS 14mm 895mm 835mm

H120.920.SS 14mm 980mm 920mm

H121.1185.SS 14mm 1245mm 1185mm

product code diameter door height length

H619.124.SS 14mm ‘S’ shaped 124mmdrawer front

product code diameter door height length

H109.188.SS 14mm multipurpose 188mm

H110.237.SS 14mm 297mm 237mm

H111.337.SS 14mm 397mm 337mm

H112.387.SS 14mm 447mm 387mm

H113.437.SS 14mm 497mm 437mm

H114.537.SS 14mm 597mm 537mm

H115.737.SS 14mm 797mm 737mm

H116.937.SS 14mm 997mm 937mm

product code diameter door height length

H398.510.SS 22mm 570mm 510mm

H201.655.SS 22mm 715mm 655mm

H400.835.SS 22mm 895mm 835mm

H401.920.SS 22mm 980mm 920mm

H403.1185.SS 22mm 1245mm 1185mm

product code diameter door height length

H196.188.SS 22mm multipurpose 188mm

H197.237.SS 22mm 297mm 237mm

H198.337.SS 22mm 397mm 337mm

H397.387.SS 22mm 447mm 387mm

H199.437.SS 22mm 497mm 437mm

H200.537.SS 22mm 597mm 537mm

H399.737.SS 22mm 797mm 737mm

H402.937.SS 22mm 997mm 937mm

• Stainless steel effect• Hole centres - all screw fixings are 14mm in from the end

• Stainless steel effect• Hole centres - all screw fixings are 14mm in from the end

Boss 14mmØ stainless steel effect Boss 22mmØ stainless steel effect

Page 112: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

2.13 12mmØ bar handles

12mmØ stainless steel effect

prouct code diameter door height length

H545.655.SS 12mm 715mm 655mm

prouct code diameter door height length

H540.188.SS 12mm multipurpose 188mm

H541.237.SS 12mm 297mm 237mm

H542.337.SS 12mm 397mm 337mm

H543.437.SS 12mm 497mm 437mm

H544.537.SS 12mm 597mm 537mm

• Stainless steel effect finish• Hole centres - all screw fixings are 10mm in from the end• Handle edge is 30mm from the end of the door

product code diameter door height length No.legs

SS72.570/510 12mm 570mm 510mm 2

SS72.715/655 12mm 715mm 655mm 2

SS72.895/835 12mm 895mm 835mm 2

SS72.980/920 12mm 980mm 920mm 2

SS72.1245/1185 12mm 1245mm 1185mm 3

product code diameter door height length No.legs

SS72.GP188 12mm multipurpose 188mm 2

SS72.297/237 12mm 297mm 237mm 2

SS72.397/337 12mm 397mm 337mm 2

SS72.447/387 12mm 447mm 387mm 2

SS72.497/437 12mm 497mm 437mm 2

SS72.597/537 12mm 597mm 537mm 2

SS72.797/737 12mm 797mm 737mm 2

SS72.997/937 12mm 997mm 937mm 2

• Stainless steel effect, and black finishes• Hole centres - all screw fixings are 30mm in from the end

12mmØ stainless steel effect

Page 113: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

2.14

Order online at .pws.co.uk

12 & 16mmØ bar handles

product code diameter door height length

H054.510.SS 16mm 570mm 510mm

H055.655.SS 16mm 715mm 655mm

H056.835.SS 16mm 895mm 835mm

H058.1185.SS 16mm 1245mm 1185mm

product code diameter door height length

H066.188.SS 16mm multipurpose 188mm

H059.237.SS 16mm 297mm 237mm

H060.337.SS 16mm 397mm 337mm

H061.387.SS 16mm 447mm 387mm

H062.437.SS 16mm 497mm 437mm

H063.537.SS 16mm 597mm 537mm

H064.737.SS 16mm 797mm 737mm

H065.937.SS 16mm 997mm 937mm

• Stainless steel effect• Hole centres - all screw fixings are 30mm in from the end

product code diameter door height length No.legs

BL72.GP188 12mm multipurpose 188mm 2

BL72.397/337 12mm 397mm 337mm 2

BL72.497/437 12mm 497mm 437mm 2

BL72.715/655 12mm 715mm 655mm 2

12mmØ stainless steel effect 16mmØ stainless steel effect

Page 114: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

2.15

H688.320.CHH689.192.CH

H714.32.CHH715.64.CHH716.128.CHH717.192.CH

H294.128.C (128mm)H296.160.C (160mm)H298.224.C (224mm) K165.30.C (30mmØ)(2) H172.40.C

H416.160.CH (128-160mm)H414.320.CH (320mm) H673.192.CH (192mm) Bow handle (See below)

chrome

CF6420H424.32.CH (32mm)

622/30C K354.36.CH (36mm length) H524.160.CH (160mm)TK7C

newnew

order code hole centres

1949CH 128mm

1950CH 160mm

1781CH 192mm

2285CH 224mm

Bow handle sizing matrix

Page 115: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

2.16

Order online at .pws.co.uk

H418.160.CH (160mm) H434.160.CH (160mm) H248.160.C (160mm)

H001.128.CA (128mm)(1)

H002.160.CA (160mm)(1)940/107CH (96mm)940/141CH (128mm)

11.2620.96.CH (96mm)11.2620.CH (128mm)

8/969.B.CH (128mm) H429.160.CH (160mm)

Notes: (1) Aluminium effect, chrome ends (2) Clear glass with bright chrome baseplate

Where applicable hole centres are indicated in brackets

chrome

Page 116: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

2.17

H038.192.AL (192mm)H034.192.AL (192mm)H035.256.AL (256mm)

931/185MC-P (160mm)Matt chrome & pear effect

931/185MC-M (160mm)Matt chrome & maple effect

931/185BSN (160mm)Satin nickel & beech effect

H193.160.SN (160mm)Stainless steel effect & oak insert

H195.160.SN (160mm)Stainless steel effect & clear insert

H191.160.SN (160mm)Stainless steel effect &calvados insert

H436.160.BSM (160mm)Brushed steel & maple

H209.160.SN (160mm)Stainless steel effect & beech insert

H189.160.SN (160mm)Stainless steel effect &maple insert

aluminium & combination handles

H435.160.BSB (160mm)Brushed steel & beech

H438.160.BSO (160mm)Brushed steel & oak

H437.160.BSC (160mm)Brushed steel & cherry

Page 117: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

2.18

Order online at .pws.co.uk

K627.45.PE (45mmØ) c/w backplate

K628.50.PE (50mmØ)45mm backplate K643.49.PE (49mmØ)

K630.46.PE (46mmØ) c/w backplate

H632.128.PE (128mm) H631.128.PE (128mm) H644.160.PE (160mm)

H623.160.PE(1) (160mm) H622.128.PE (128mm) H633.128.PE (128mm)

Notes: ((1) Bark effect solid pewter

Where applicable hole centres are indicated in brackets

solid pewter

H624.64.PE (64mm) H634.70.PE (70mm) H625.64.PE (64mm) K626.50.PE (50mmØ) 95mm backplate

Page 118: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

2.19

Notes: (1) Ribbed solid pewterWhere applicable hole centres are indicated in brackets

solid pewter

K578.40.PE (40mm)

H638.192.PE (192mm) H641.160.PE (160mm) H637.128.PE (128mm)

H575.160.PE (160mm)H572.128.PE (128mm) H580.160.PE (160mm)

H636.72.PE (72mm) H635.70.PE(1) (70mm) H642.80.PE (80mm) H639.95.PE (95mm)

Page 119: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

2.20

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Notes: (1) Black matt steel effect with pewter effect backplate (2) Pewter effect with black matt steel effect insert (3) Black matt steel effect

Where applicable hole centres are indicated in brackets

solid pewter &matt black steel effect

H579.160.PE (160mm) H546.96.PE (96mm) H550.128.PE (128mm)

H569.128.PE (128mm) H552.128.PE (128mm)H466.128.PE (128mm)H465.160.PE (160mm)

H456.128.PE (128mm) H564.192.BMS(2) (192mm)H563.128.BMS(2)

(128mm)

K562.32.BMS(1) (32mmØ) H565.128.BMS(3) (128mm)H566.160.BMS(3)

(160mm)

Page 120: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

2.21

H451.128.PE (128mm)H450.160.PE (160mm) H467.128.HPE (128mm) H159.128.PE (128mm)

solid pewter

K478.44.PE (44mmØ)

K480.25.PE(25mmØ)

K479.44.HPE (44mmØ)

K483.36.PE (36mmØ)K481.40.PE (40mmØ)

K485.40.PE(40mmØ)

K484.44.PE (44mmØ)backplate B487.40.PE

B455.32.PE (backplate) 32mm

K305.40.PE (40mmØ)B382.40.PE (backplate)

B453.32.HPE (backplate) 32mmø

K306.34.PE(34mm length)

H160.87.PE(87mm length)

ATSSKPE (32mmØ)ATLSKPE (40mmØ)

H148.96.HPE (96mm)H149.128.HPE (128mm) H146.96.PE (96mm)

H461.96.PE (96mm)H462.160.PE (160mm)ATTHPE (96mm)

Page 121: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

2.22

Order online at .pws.co.uk

H405.128.PE (128mm)H469.96.HPE (96mm)H468.160.HPE (160mm) H472.128.HPE (128mm)

solid pewter

H457.64.PE (64mm)H459.64.HPE (64mm) H679.32.PE (32mm) H678.96.PE (96mm)

ATPHPE (96mm)H150.64.PE (64mm)H151.96.PE (96mm) H153.96.PE (96mm) H404.96.PE (96mm)

K486.45.PE (45mmØ)

K488.46.PE(46mmØ)

K489.47.PE (47mmØ)

K490.40.PE (40mm) B487.40.PE backplate(45mmØ)

H164.32.PE (32mm)

Notes: Where applicable hole centres are indicated in brackets

Page 122: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

2.23 solid pewter & pewter effect

H464.128.PE (128mm)H304.128.PE (128mm) H463.128.PE (128mm)

H476.128.PE (128mm) H307.128.PE (128mm)H452.128.PE (128mm) H154.192.HPE (192mm)

H460.96.PE (96mm)H458.128.PE (128mm)

7005-PE(1) (96mm)7004-PE(1) (96mm)

H723.192.PE(1)

K724.16.PE(1)

new

K719.46.PE(1)

H406.128.PE(128mm)

new

new

H474.128.PE (128mm)

Notes: (1) Pewter effectWhere applicable hole centres are indicated in brackets

Page 123: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

2.24

Order online at .pws.co.uk

pewter effect

H252.96.PE (96mm)H255.96.PE (96mm) H253.96.PE (96mm)

9/1320.50 (96mm) H218.128.AP (128mm)2432APH256.128.PE (128mm) H267.96.PE (96mm)

H216.128.AP (128mm)H215.192.AP (192mm)H351.128.AP (128mm) 2428AP (160mm)H228.320.PE (320mm)

H217.39.AP(39mm length)

2421AP (37mmØ)

H219.50.AP(50mm length)

K269.46.PEK258.35.PE H230.93.PE

K232.35.PE (35mmØ) K236.35.PE (35mmØ) K265.33.PE (33mmØ)

Page 124: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

2.25

K375.35.CI IRC3077 (64mm)

IRC3078 (96mm) 7005-CI (96mm) 7004-CI (96mm)

cast iron

K083.32.CI (32mmØ)K085.42.CI (42mmØ)

9/1310.B.50

H088.96.CI (96mm)H091.128.CI (128mm)H094.192.CI (192mm)

H370.128.CI (128mm)

H080.74.CI

H366.88.CI

IRC2866/34 IRC2866/3810/797.B.50 (37mmØ)

Page 125: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

2.26

Order online at .pws.co.uk

8/951.B.SN (96mm)Satin nickel

8/951.B.AN (96mm)Antiqued nickel

8/952.B.SN (64mm)Satin nickel

8/952.B.AN (64mm)Antiqued nickel H078.128.NP (128mm)

nickel

Note: Where applicable hole centres are indicated in brackets

K266.33.AB(33mmØ) DC6050

K259.46.ABK260.35.AB 8/951.B.AB (96mm)2421AB (37mmØ)

antiqued brass

Page 126: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

2.27

7005-CI (96mm)H268.96.AB (96mm) H254.96.AB (96mm) 7004-BR (96mm)

antiqued brass

K097.32.BR (32mmØ)K087.42.BR (42mmØ)

9/1309.B.20 (128mm)9/1310.B.20

H090.96.BR (96mm)H093.128.BR (128mm)H096.192.BR (192mm)

H350.128.AB (128mm) H213.128.AB (128mm)2428AB (160mm)

H082.74.BR

2432AB

10/797.C.20 (32mmØ) 10/797.B.20 (37mmØ)

H214.50.AB(50mm length)

Page 127: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

2.28

Order online at .pws.co.uk

antiqued brass

TK2BR(1) TK7BR622/30MS1

TK9C/BR(2) TK8C/BR (96mm)(2)TK11C/BR(2)

polished brass

Notes: (1) Handle is brass construction with hollow centre (2) Chrome and polished brass finish

Where applicable hole centres are indicated in brackets

DC6050 Knob H076.128.DC (128mm)9/1297.B.25 (96mm)

Page 128: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

2.29 antiqued bronze effect

polished ebony effect

K645.40.PEB (40mmØ) K647.40.PEB (40mmØ) K649.43.PEB (43mmØ) K678.50.PEB (50mmØ)

K646.40.ABR (40mmØ) K648.40.ABR (40mmØ) K650.43.ABR (43mmØ) K651.50.ABR (50mmØ)

K653.45.ABR (45mmØ) H655.90.ABR (90mmØ)

Page 129: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

2.30

Order online at .pws.co.uk

black

Notes: (1) Polished ebony effect

Where applicable hole centres are indicated in brackets

TK2BC(1) H231.93.BK

H229.320.BK (320mm) 7005-BK (96mm) 7004-BK (96mm)

K084.32.BK (32mmØ)K086.42.BK (42mmØ)

H654.90.PEB (90mmØ )(1)

H089.96.BK (96mm)H092.128.BK (128mm)H095.192.BK (192mm)

9/1320.52 (96mm)

H081.74.BK

K372.35.PEBL

K652.45.PEB(45mmØ)(1) K233.35.BK (35mmØ)K237.35.BK (35mmØ)K725.32.BK

new

Page 130: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

2.31 porcelain

K374.35.SSWHH365.88.SSWH H369.128.SSWH (128mm) H357.224.SSWH (224mm)

K373.35.PEGCH364.88.PEGC H368.128.PEGC (128mm) H356.224.PEGC (224mm)

K371.35.ABBH363.88.ABB H367.128.ABB (128mm)H355.224.ABB (224mm)H359.320.ABB (320mm)

4444.50.WH 4444/50CRSP7/39 SP7/39CR SP7/39CR2SP7/39CR1

Note: Where applicable hole centres are indicated in brackets

Page 131: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

2.32

Order online at .pws.co.uk

timber

OakS87/44BL (44mmØ) shownS87/55BL (55mmØ)

Light oakS87/44X71 (44mmØ)

Oak stained & lacqueredS87/44X20 (44mmØ)

OakS87/44CR (44mmØ)S87/55CR (55mmØ)S87/70CR (70mmØ) shown

Sanded oakS87/44X10 (44mmØ) shownS87/55X10 (55mmØ)S87/70X10 (70mmØ)

CherryS87/44CH (44mmØ)

AlderS87/44MA (44mmØ)

EbonyS87/44EP (44mmØ)

Oak stained & lacqueredL177/34X20 (34mmØ)

BeechS87/44B (44mmØ) S87/55B (55mmØ)

decorative accessories

order code descriptionZ25R12WBC 597mm, chrome

Plastic chrome trims• 597mm long trim to suit 18mm doors, with 12mm radius• Many different handles and knobs from our ranges can be

combined with Z25 trims to offer a wide variety of effects

Cutting dimensions for the groove

Page 132: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

worksurfaces

Order online at .pws.co.uk

3.01

PWS Worksurfaces - investment & expansion

PWS offers its customers a range of pre-fabricated worksurface materialswhich includes timber, stainless steel, granite and quartz.

From recently completed state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities, customersnow have access to an extensive range of stocked granites and quartzwhich are available either on a supply only or template and install basis.Our template and install service is available on a five working day lead-time(e.g. template Wednesday, fit the following Wednesday).

Our range of timber worksurfaces has been expanded for 2009 and isavailable either as blanks or bespoke fabrications, supplied to template ordrawing.

Page 133: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

3.02

Order online at .pws.co.uk

timber worksurfaces

Rustic Oak

A solid timber worksurface grows more beautiful with age and nothingcan equal its timeless look and natural feel. The real beauty of timberis that it transcends both time and trends. Constructed from solidtimber staves, our worksurfaces are carefully crafted to ensuremaximum strength, stability and, if cared for, durability throughoutyears of constant use.

• All bespoke timber worksurfaces are supplied finely oiled

• To maintain the water resistance of the timber regular re-oiling isrecommended (time span between oiling depends on the degree of use)

• Choice of 14 species in 27mm* and 40mm thicknesses, see page 3.04-3.05

• Standard blanks are available in 3m & 4m lengths

• Bamboo available in 2.4m and 3m lengths

• Full stave available in 1.5m, 2m and 2.4m lengths. Staves varybetween 50mm -150mm in width and run the full length of theboard, see page 3.04-3.05

• A choice of shaped ends, edge profiles, drainer grooves, cut-outs for sinks and stainless steel hot rods

• For further details on PWS Worksurface options please contactdirect, 01325 505522 or email [email protected]

*27mm thicknesses not available in some full stave timbers

European walnut

Oak

Page 134: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Maple

Rustic Oak

(A) Square Edge with chamfer (B) Cock and quadrant

(C) Struck radius

(G) ClassicAvailable in 80mm only

(E) Slow bevel

(D) Quarter round

(F) Waterfall edgeAvailable in 40mm only

Timber edge profile options

timber worksurfaces3.03

Order online at .pws.co.uk

European walnut - full stave Bamboo -

Page 135: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

3.04

Order online at .pws.co.uk

timber worksurfaces

BambooFull stave only

Cherry Also available in full stave (40mm thickness)

Natural BambooFull stave only

European WalnutAlso available in full stave (40mm thickness) Indian Walnut

IrokoAlso available in full stave (40mm thickness) Oak

MapleAlso available in full stave(40mm thickness)

Zebrano

RubberwoodRustic OakFull stave only

Prime BeechAlso available in full stave (40mm thickness)

Wenge

Rustic BeechAlso available in full stave (40mm thickness)

new

new

new

Page 136: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

timber worksurfaces3.05

Order online at .pws.co.uk

2.4m

620m

m d

epth

27m

m th

ick

2m62

0mm

dep

th27

mm

thic

k

1.5m

620m

m d

epth

27m

m th

ick

2.4m

960m

m d

epth

27m

m th

ick

3m62

0mm

dep

th27

mm

thic

k

3m72

0mm

dep

th27

mm

thic

k

4m62

0mm

dep

th27

mm

thic

k

4m72

0mm

dep

th27

mm

thic

k

1.5m

620m

m d

epth

40m

m th

ick

2m62

0mm

dep

th40

mm

thic

k

2.4m

620m

m d

epth

40m

m th

ick

2.4m

960m

m d

epth

40m

m th

ick

3m62

0mm

dep

th40

mm

thic

k

3m72

0mm

dep

th40

mm

thic

k

3m96

0mm

dep

th40

mm

thic

k

4m62

0mm

dep

th40

mm

thic

k

4m72

0mm

dep

th40

mm

thic

k

Bamboo - Full stave � � � � � �

Cherry � � � � � � � � �

Cherry - Full stave � � �

European Walnut � � � � � � � � �

European Walnut - Full stave � � �

Indian Walnut � � � � � � � � �

Iroko � � � � � � � � �

Iroko - Full stave � � �

Maple � � � � � � � � �

Maple - Full stave � � �

Natural Bamboo - Full stave � � � � � �

Oak � � � � � � � � �

Prime Beech � � � � � � � � �

Prime Beech - Full stave � � �

Rubberwood � � � � � � � � �

Rustic Beech � � � � � � � � �

Rustic Beech - Full stave � � �

Rustic Oak - Full stave � � � � � �

Wenge � � � � � � � � �

Zebrano � � � � � � � � �

Wenge

Page 137: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

3.06

Order online at .pws.co.uk

timber worksurfaces

Birch end grain• Birch end grain is practical and hardwearing• Featuring varied end grain and a solid 60mm thickness• Supplied un-oiled• Specific designs can be cut from the supplied rectangular piece

1000x720mm• Bespoke pieces can also be made. Please contact the PWS

worksurface team direct

Upstands• Available in the following species; cherry, european walnut, indian

walnut, iroko, maple, oak, prime beech, rubberwood, rustic beech,wenge and zebrano

• Supplied un-oiled in 3m lengths• 80mm upstands, 40mm sits behind the worktop so only 40mm is

visible• Suffix order code with colour finish, refer to main price list for full

product details

Timber aftercare kit & worktop oil• Includes care and maintenance guide, 250ml oil, 5 de-nibbing pads

and 1 cloth

order code descriptionUP3/80 Solid timber upstand, 3mx80x18mm

order code descriptionEND1/720/60BI Worksurface, end grain, 1mx720x60mm

order code descriptionWTACKIT Aftercare kit for timber surfacesWOIL250 250mlWOIL500 500mlWOIL1000 1000ml

Page 138: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

granite worksurfaces3.07

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Unlike many other surface materials, granite offers both a premium lookand durability for years of use.

• Available in a variety of thicknesses; 20mm, 30mm, 40mm, 60mm, 80mm and 100mm

• Extra thick tops 40-100mm are made up of granite laminated onto amarble core giving the illusion of solid granite without the extraweight

• Single leaf tops 20mm & 30mm are cut and finished directly from the thickness of the raw material

• A comprehensive range of edge profiles, cut-outs for sinks, drainers, hobs and basins are available

• All granite worksurfaces are manufactured to individual specificationagainst signed drawings, component parts are supplied cut to size,shaped and polished with cut-outs, joints etc. ready to install

• For details on non-stock materials please contact PWS Worksurfaces direct, 01325 505522 or email: [email protected]

Nero Assoluto Star Galaxy Black

Page 139: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Standard square edge R8mm Owl’s beak

R15mm Owl’s beak

Waterfall edge

R15mm Bull nose

Double R8mm

Slow bevel

Granite edge profile options

3.08

Order online at .pws.co.uk

granite worksurfaces

Black Cosmic Leather* Blue Eyes

*Please note pattern variation due to natural product

Page 140: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

granite worksurfacesex-stock range

3.09

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Angolan Black Angolan Black Leather Baltic Brown Black Cosmic (polished)

Black Cosmic Leather Blue Eyes Caffé Brazil Caffé Brazil Leather

Emerald Black Golden Beach Indian Black Pearl Kashmir White

Labrador Antique Labrador Blue Pearl Labrador Emerald Pearl Meteorus Polished

new

new

new

new new

new

Page 141: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

3.10

Order online at .pws.co.uk

granite worksurfacesex-stock range

Nero Assoluto Nero Impala Oro Veneziano Star Galaxy Black

Tan Brown Verde Bahia Verde Marinace

Granite is a natural product and colours and patterns vary accordingly. Trade names of stone may vary.

new

Kashmir White

Page 142: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

quartz worksurfaces3.11

Order online at .pws.co.uk

• The applications for quartz include; worksurfaces, island units, tabletops, mantel pieces or vanity units.

• Quartz can be specified in several different thicknesses; 20mm, 30mm, 40mm* as well as thicker options of 50mm* and 60mm* witha wide selection of edge profiles to choose from. (* made up of 20/20 and 30/30)

• With the properties of granite, quartz can be worked in exactly thesame way, providing superb design features such as integral soliddrainers and raised edge profiles.

• Extra thick worktops of 40mm, 60mm, 80mm & 100mm are available,constructed using Eulithe which is an expanded polyurethane rigidpanel, high in structural strength. The combination of quartz stoneand Eulithe creates a competitively priced product with lightness,strength, easy workability and stability, whilst still offering the appealof supported stone. The Eulithe backing creates a lightweight stylishsurface that is both easier and faster to install.

Standard square edge R8mm Owl’s beak R15mm Owl’s beak R15mm Bull noseDouble R8mm Slow bevel

Quartz edge profile options

Quartz is a practical, hardworking surface for either the kitchen or bathroom environment and is virtually impervious to water, heat resistant up to anastonishing 295ºF.

Created using the latest modern technology, quartz is manufactured from a mix of quartz (crushed granite) and resin, providing a solid material thatis worked in exactly the same way as natural stone. Consistent in colour and pattern, quartz offers the same natural touch and scratch resistance asstone, while having the benefit of less porosity, greater stain and chemical resistance, and greater tensile strength.

Ebony Reflections

Quartz Reflections

Page 143: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

3.12

Order online at .pws.co.uk

quartz worksurfacesex-stock range

Blizzard Chiltern Coffee Bean Desert Sand

Ebony Reflections Ivory Karpat Arizona Mink

Nougat Oyster Quartz Reflections Raven

Ruby Reflections

Titanium

Starlight Sapphire Taurus Brown Pearl Taurus Nordic

new new new

new new new

new new

Page 144: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Page 145: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Blizzard quartz

Page 146: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

worksurface accessories3.15

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Stainless steel scales• Supplied as two parts with the tray either inset or recessed into the

worksurface and the scales positioned in the tray • Scales have metric and imperial weighing facility• Suitable for use with granite, quartz and timber worksurfaces• Easy to remove and clean• Weigh directly onto the scale or use a bowl• High capacity: 9lb 15.8oz or 5kg• Includes long life lithium batteries• 5 year guarantee• Overall dimensions: tray: 210mmx210mm,

scales: 185mmx185mmx 30mm

order code descriptionWTSCALESSS Scales, stainless steel

Stainless steel hotplateProtect your worksurface from hot or wet pans with a stainless steel hot plate.

• Suitable for use with granite, quartz or timber worksurface• 20mm radius corners• Dimensions: 450x350mm• Supplied with 6 bolts for installation

order code descriptionWTSSHP Stainless steel hot plate

Hotrods• Functional stainless steel hotrods protect worksurfaces from hot pans• 300mm long, they sit in a 3mm recess (please specify when ordering

bespoke tops)• Suitable for granite, quartz or timber worksurfaces• Overall dimensions: 300 x 12mmØ

order code descriptionHOTROD Stainless steel hot rod

EVOline®

EVOline® is the perfect worksurface accessory, providing a functional andunobtrusive power supply direct to your worksurface. Please refer to page4.35 for further details on this product range.

Page 147: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

3.16

Order online at .pws.co.uk

worksurface accessories

E-cloth cleaning system• Chemical-free, micro-fibre cleaning system• Used with water this system offers a smear-free finish every time • Wipe over with the damp general purpose cloth, dry with the polishing

cloth• Remove smears and finger marks on granite, stainless steel, glass,

plastics, chrome and brass

order code AP1

Stainless steel cleaner• Cleans and polishes in one go, leaving no greasy film• Provides a gleaming finish on stainless steel, chrome, aluminium and

other interior surfaces such as laminated plastics, enamel and ceramic• Easy to use, simply lightly spray onto the surface area and wipe dry

using a clean dry cloth• 600ml can

order code SSCLEANER

Granite home care kit• A care and maintenance kit for granite worksurfaces• Includes a neutral detergent, anti stain treatment and polishing cream

order code GR/MBHCK

Worktop jigsThe quadrout is a versatile worktop jig that can be used for;• Right and left standard 90º and 45º joints.• Right and left 90º joints where walls are up to 1.5º out of square

(28mm over 1m).• Rout recesses for worktop connecting bolts.• Cutting/routing worktops from 400mm to 900mm wide.

A hot rod jig featuring 3 purpose-made grooves which will producerecesses for 300mm, 200mm and 100mm long hot rods. An additionalfeature is 3 sets of peg holes allowing the jig to be positioned accuratelyso that the grooves run at 90º to the worktop edges.

A sink and hob aperture jig provides;• Left and right hand radius curves at 100,80,60 & 40mm.• Left and right hand 90º angles.• Straight edge 480mm long.

A sloping drainer groove jig for the successful routing of slopingdrainage grooves in a natural wood or stone worktop.

order code descriptionWJ900 Quadrout jigWJH Hot rod jigWJSH Sink and aperture jigWJSD Sink and drainer jig

Page 148: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

sinks & taps3.17

Order online at .pws.co.uk

We’ve had a major review of our sinks and taps offer for

this year’s directory. The new sink portfolio includes a choice

of materials in undermount, flushmount and inset options to suit

a variety of price points. The range is grouped logically to help

you plan a contemporary or traditional kitchen.

In addition we’ve significantly enhanced our contemporary

stainless steel range, and with the introduction of Carron

Phoenix undermounted granite sinks we’ve opened up the

opportunity to combine sink colours with matching granite

worksurfaces.

Similarly, we’ve updated our tap line-up and applied our

knowledge of trends in kitchen design and materials to define

a new range which we feel will be more effective in the current

market place.

Page 149: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

3.18

Order online at .pws.co.uk

value - stainless steel sinks

TUN79Universo 79 inset sink, stainless steel

• Overall sink dimensions: 790x500mm• Bowl dimensions: 340x400mm• Fits into a 450mm wide cabinet

TPR1.5Princess bowl and half inset sink, stainless steel

• Overall sink dimensions: 1000x500mm• Bowl dimensions: 340x420mm, 185x280mm• Fits into a 600mm wide cabinet

TUN1.5Universo 100 inset sink, stainless steel

• Overall sink dimensions: 1000x500mm• Bowl dimensions: 340x400mm, 170x330mm• Fits into a 600mm wide cabinet

TUN1.5 TPR1.5

T-87081Corner inset sink, stainless steel

• Overall sink dimensions: 800x500mm• Supplied with basket strainer waste, overflow

and plastic tray• Bowl dimensions: 340x418mm• Fits into a 450mm wide cabinet• Includes soap holder

TRB450Round bowl inset sink, stainless steel

• Overall sink dimension: 450mmø

• Bowl dimension: 385mmø• Fits into a 500mm wide cabinet

TRD450Round drainer inset, stainless steel

• Overall drainer dimension: 450mmø

• Bowl dimension: 385mmø• Fits into a 500mm wide cabinet

Notes:• All tap holes are 35mm Ø • For individual sink specifications please refer to pages 3.29-3.32• Taps not included with sinks, unless otherwise stated • Refer to pages 3.33 to 3.39 for tap selection

Page 150: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

PMPS1-R PMPS03

classic undermount - stainless steel sinks3.19

Order online at .pws.co.uk

PMPS1-L (left hand)PMPS1-R (right hand) - shown aboveLuxury undermount, stainless steel

• Overall sink dimensions: 800x530x220mm• Bowl dimensions: 540x480x220mm,

180x360x140mm• Fits into a 800mm wide cabinet

PMPS03Luxury undermount, stainless steel

• Overall sink dimensions: 840x490x200mm• Bowl dimensions: 380x430x200mm• Fits into a 900mm wide cabinet

PMPS04Luxury undermount, stainless steel

• Overall sink dimensions: 590x530x220mm• Bowl dimensions: 540x480x220mm• Fits into a 700mm wide cabinet

PMPS08Luxury undermount, stainless steel

• Overall sink dimensions: 490x430x200mm• Bowl dimensions: 430x380x200mm• Fits into a 600mm wide cabinet

PMPS02Luxury undermount, stainless steel

• Overall sink dimensions: 800x520x200mm• Bowl dimensions: 450x470x200mm,

270x410x180mm• Fits into a 800mm wide cabinet• Handed. Supplied with right hand

small bowl only

PMPSO10Luxury undermount, stainless steel

• Overall sink dimensions: 770x490x230mm• Bowl dimensions: 710x430x230mm• Fits into a 900mm wide cabinet

Page 151: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

TUS1.5 PMPS08

3.20

Order online at .pws.co.uk

classic undermount - stainless steel sinks

TUS1.5Undermount sink, stainless steel

• Overall sink dimensions: 625x400mm• Bowl dimensions: 340x400mm, 185x280mm• Fits into a 900mm wide cabinet• External lip 32mm

TUS130/260Undermount sink, stainless steel

• Bowl dimensions: 130x260mm

• External lip 32mm

TUS240/370Undermount sink, stainless steel

• Bowl dimensions: 243x366mm

• External lip 32mm

TUS340/370Undermount sink, stainless steel

• Bowl dimensions: 338x368mm

• External lip 32mm

TUS400/400Undermount sink, stainless steel

• Bowl dimensions: 400x406mm

• External lip 32mm

TUSDB780Undermount sink, stainless steel

• Overall sink dimensions: 780x464mm• Bowl dimensions: 340x400mm (x2)• Fits into a 800mm wide cabinet• External lip 32mm

Notes:• All tap holes are 35mm Ø • For individual sink specifications please refer to pages 3.29-3.32• Taps not included with sinks, unless otherwise stated • Refer to pages 3.33 to 3.39 for tap selection

Page 152: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

traditional - ceramic & fireclay sinks3.21

Order online at .pws.co.uk

BELF600Belfast fireclay ceramic sink, white

• Overall sink dimensions: 595x460x255mm• Bowl dimensions: 545x410x230mmAccessories:EB1056CH - 60mm waste & plug, chrome EB1056BR - 60mm waste & plug, brass

WATER600Waterside, bow fronted ceramic sink, white

• Overall sink dimensions: 597x531x220mm• Bowl dimensions: 537x471x190mmAccessories:EL1056CH - 90mm basket waste kit, chrome EL1056BR - 90mm basket waste kit, brass

RIB1000Ribchester double bowl ceramic sink, white

• Overall sink dimensions: 997x465x228mm• +/- 2% tolerance• Bowl dimensions: 443x391x191mm• Ribbed front face

Accessories:EL1056CH - 90mm basket waste kit, chrome EL1056BR - 90mm basket waste kit, brass

RIB800Ribchester double bowl ceramic sink, white

• Overall sink dimensions: 795x465x228mm• +/- 2% tolerance• Bowl dimensions: 342x391x191mm• Ribbed front face

Accessories:EL1056CH - 90mm basket waste kit, chrome EL1056BR - 90mm basket waste kit, brass

WATER600 RIB800

new new

new new

Page 153: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

3.22

Order online at .pws.co.uk

traditional - ceramic & fireclay sinks

SCS400Ceramic inset or undermount sink, square, white

• Overall sink dimensions: 381x381x191mm• +/- 2% tolerance• Bowl dimensions: 300x300x166mm

Accessories:EL1056CH - 90mm basket waste kit, chrome

new

SCS500Ceramic inset or undermount sink, square, white

• Overall sink dimensions: 460x460x191mm• +/- 2% tolerance• Bowl dimensions: 379x379x166mm

Accessories:EL1056CH - 90mm basket waste kit, chrome

new

SCS600Ceramic inset or undermount sink, rectangular, white

• Overall sink dimensions: 595x460x255mm• +/- 2% tolerance• Bowl dimensions: 525x390x227mm

Accessories:EL1056CH - 90mm basket waste kit, chrome

new

SCS460Ceramic inset or undermount sink, round, white

• Overall sink dimensions: 460Øx191mm• +/- 2% tolerance• Bowl dimensions: 382Øx166mm

Accessories:EL1056CH - 90mm basket waste kit, chrome

new

SCS400 SCS460

Notes:• All tap holes are 35mm Ø • For individual sink specifications please refer to pages 3.29-3.32• Taps not included with sinks, unless otherwise stated • Refer to pages 3.33 to 3.39 for tap selection

Page 154: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

traditional - ceramic & fireclay sinks3.23

Order online at .pws.co.uk

SO1BWHSonnet ceramic sink, white

• Overall sink dimensions: 860x500mm• +/- 2% tolerance• Bowl dimensions: 360x378mm• Supplied with 90mm chrome waste• Fits into a 450mm wide cabinet

SO15BWHSonnet ceramic sink, white

• Overall sink dimensions: 1000x500mm• +/- 2% tolerance• Bowl dimensions:340x378mm, 137x260mm• Supplied with 90mm & 60mm chrome

wastes• Fits into a 600mm wide cabinet

SO2BDWHSonnet ceramic sink, white

• Overall sink dimensions: 1200x500mm• +/- 2% tolerance• Bowl dimensions: 340x378mm• Supplied with 90mm chrome waste (x2)• Fits into a 800mm wide cabinet

SOHBCH (half basket) SOFBCH (full basket)Chrome baskets

• For use with Sonnet sinks• Half basket dimensions: 242x125x82mm• Full basket dimensions:

363xmmx313x160mm• Large basket features x4 rubber feet

FHDBWHFarmhouse double fireclay sink, white

• Overall dimensions: 800x500x220mm,internal length: 750mm

• +/-2% tolerance • Bowl dimensions: 350x445mm • A door size, 490mmx397mm is available

in selected Second Nature door rangesdesigned for use with this sink

• Fits into a 800mm wide cabinet

Accessories:FHWCH - 90mm waste & basket strainerwaste, chrome FHWBR - 90mm waste & basket strainerwaste, brass

CRBWH (bowl) / CRDWH (drainer)Ronde ceramic bowl & drainer, white

• Overall diameter: sink - 440mmø, drainer - 440mmø

• +/- 2% tolerance• Internal diameter:

sink - 370mmø, drainer - 370mmø• Depth: sink - 170mm, drainer - 50mm

Accessories:FP1057CH - 60mm waste & plug, chrome FP1057BR - 60mm waste & plug, brass

Notes:• All tap holes are 35mm Ø • For individual sink specifications please refer to pages 3.29-3.32• Taps not included with sinks, unless otherwise stated • Refer to pages 3.33 to 3.39 for tap selection

Page 155: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

SCS460FIJI100GR

FIJI100PW - whiteFIJI100GR - graphiteFiji 100, single bowl undermounted sink, granite

• Overall sink dimensions: 550x460x225mm

• +/- 2% tolerance• Bowl dimensions: 504x390x205mm

• Fits into a 600mm wide cabinet

• Supplied with waste and overflow

new

FIJI150GR - graphiteFIJI150PW - whiteFiji 150, 1.5 bowl undermounted sink, granite

• Overall sink dimensions: 700x460x205mm• +/- 2% tolerance• Bowl dimensions:

First bowl - 355x390x205mmSecond bowl - 233x390x178mm

• Fits into a 800mm wide cabinet

• Supplied with waste and overflow

new

Notes:• All tap holes are 35mm Ø • For individual sink specifications please refer to pages 3.29-3.32• Taps not included with sinks, unless otherwise stated • Refer to pages 3.33 to 3.39 for tap selection

3.24

Order online at .pws.co.uk

contemporary undermount & flushmount

Page 156: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

EASESB - Ease inset sink, single bowl with drainer, stainless steelEASESBU - Ease flushmount, single bowl with drainer, stainless steel• Overall sink dimensions: 727x520x180mm• Includes silicone mat, draining plate and bowl & chopping board• Bowl dimensions: 340x400x180mm• Supplied with 90mm chrome waste• Fits into a 400mm wide cabinet

EASE1.5 - Ease inset 1.5 bowl with drainer, stainless steelEASEU1.5 - Ease flushmount, 1.5 bowl with drainer, stainless steel• Overall sink dimensions: 895x520x180mm• Includes silicone mat, draining plate and bowl & chopping board• Bowl dimensions: First bowl - 340x400x180mm

Second bowl - 170x340x180mm• Supplied with 90mm chrome waste• Fits into a 600mm wide cabinet

contemporary undermount & flushmount3.25

Order online at .pws.co.uk

DESB605 - Desire inset sink, single bowl, stainless steelDESB605U - Desire flushmount, single bowl, stainless steel• Overall sink dimensions: 605x515x180mm• Includes silicone mat, draining plate & chopping

board• Bowl dimensions: 520x340x180mm• Supplied with 90mm chrome waste• Fits into a 600mm wide cabinet

DESB605U EASESBU

CUTANDCOOK -Multipurpose moveable cut and cook set• Includes stainless steel

base, silicone mat &chopping board

new new

newnew

new

DESBD860L (left hand) DESBD860R (right hand) -Desire inset sink, single bowl with drainer, stainless steelDESBD860UL (left hand) DESBD860UR (right hand) -Desire flushmount, single bowl with drainer, stainless steel• Overall sink dimensions: 860x515x180mm• Includes silicone mat, draining plate & chopping board• Bowl dimensions: 520x340x180mm• Supplied with 90mm chrome waste• Fits into a 600mm wide cabinet

Page 157: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

BOX16U - Box 16 undermount sink, single bowl, stainless steel• Overall sink dimensions: 200x440x150mm• Bowl dimensions: 160x400x150mm• Supplied with 90mm chrome waste• Fits into a 250mm wide cabinet

new

BOX34U - Box 34 undermount sink, single bowl, stainless steel• Overall sink dimensions: 380x440x200mm• Bowl dimensions: 340x400x200mm• Supplied with 90mm chrome waste• Fits into a 400mm wide cabinet

new

BOX40U - Box 40 undermount sink, single bowl, stainless steel• Overall sink dimensions: 440x440x200mm• Bowl dimensions: 400x400x200mm• Supplied with 90mm chrome waste• Fits into a 450mm wide cabinet

new

3.26

Order online at .pws.co.uk

contemporary undermount & flushmount

BOX80U - Flushmount sink BOX40U & BOX16U - Undermount sink

Notes:• All tap holes are 35mm Ø • For individual sink specifications please refer to pages 3.29-3.32• Taps not included with sinks, unless otherwise stated • Refer to pages 3.33 to 3.39 for tap selection

BOX80L (left hand) BOX80R (right hand) -Box 80 flushmount sink, single bowl & drainer, stainless steel• Overall sink dimensions: 800x500x200mm• Bowl dimensions: 340x400x200mm• Supplied with 90mm chrome waste• Fits into a 700mm wide cabinet

new

BOX100L (left hand) BOX100R (right hand) -Box 100 flushmount sink, 1.5 bowl & drainer, stainless steel• Overall sink dimensions: 1000x500x200mm• Bowl dimensions:

First bowl - 340x400x200mmSecond bowl - 160x340x150mm

• Supplied with 90mm chrome waste• Fits into a 600mm wide cabinet

new

Page 158: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

contemporary undermount, flushmount & inset

3.27

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Notes:• All tap holes are 35mm Ø • For individual sink specifications please refer to pages 3.29-3.32• Taps not included with sinks, unless otherwise stated • Refer to pages 3.33 to 3.39 for tap selection

BOXDR34U - Box 34 undermount drainer, single drainer, stainless steel• Overall sink dimensions: 440x380x20mm• Bowl dimensions: 400x340x20mm• Supplied with 90mm chrome waste• Fits into a 400mm wide cabinet

new

BOX50U - Box 50 undermount sink, single bowl, stainless steel• Overall sink dimensions: 440x540x200mm• Bowl dimensions: 400x500x200mm• Supplied with 90mm chrome waste• Fits into a 600mm wide cabinet

new

LAV385 - Lavabo undermount sink, circular concave bowl, stainless steel• Overall sink dimensions: 417Øx140mm• Bowl dimensions: 385Øx140mm• Supplied with 90mm chrome waste• Fits into a 400mm wide cabinet

new

BOXUT - Box utility tray, stainless steel• Overall dimensions: 300x480x12mm• For use with box sinks

new

BOXLUX50 - Box lux flush mounted sink, single bowl, stainless steel• Overall sink dimensions: 540x440x200mm• Bowl dimensions: 498x398x200mm• Supplied with 90mm chrome waste• Fits into a 600mm wide cabinet

new

BOXCB- Box chopping board, glass• Overall dimensions: 490x300x20mm• For use with box sinks

new

BOXCOL - Box colander, stainless steel• Overall dimensions: 190x430x100mm• For use with box sinks

newTCU45BCuadro 45B inset sink, stainless steel

• Includes chopping board• Overall sink dimensions: 860x500mm• Bowl dimensions: 340x400mm• Fits into a 450mm wide cabinet

TCU60BCuadro 60 inset sink, stainless steel

• Includes chopping board & colander• Overall sink dimensions: 980x500mm• Bowl dimensions: 340x400mm, 180x270mm• Fits into a 600mm wide cabinet

Page 159: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

CUA/VMTCCuadro 60 inset sink & chrome venus tap

• Value pack including stainless steel cuadro 60 inset sink and chromesingle lever monobloc venus tap

• Overall sink dimensions: 980x500mm• 14% saving on list price compared to buying items individually

TUN79/GMCUniverso 79 inset sink & Grasmere tap

• Value pack including stainless steel Universo 79 SBSD inset sink andchrome Grasmere cruciform monobloc tap

• Overall sink dimensions: 790x500mm\• 11% saving on list price compared to buying items individually

TPR1.5/TMCPrincess inset 1.5 sink & Thirlmere tap

• Value pack including stainless steel Princess 1.5 inset sink and chromeThirlmere single lever monobloc tap

• Overall sink dimensions: 1000x500mm• 11% saving on list price compared to buying items individually

TUN1.5/GMCUniverso 100 inset sink & Grasmere tap

• Value pack including stainless steel Universo 100 1.5 inset sink andchrome Grasmere cruciform monobloc tap

• Overall sink dimensions: 1000x500mm• 8% saving on list price compared to buying items individually

3.28

Order online at .pws.co.uk

value packs

Notes: All tap holes are 35mm Ø. For individual sink specifications please refer to pages 3.29-3.32

Page 160: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

sink specifications3.29

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Princess 1.5 (TPR1.5)

value - stainless steel sink specifications - page 3.18

Universo 100 (TUN1.5) Universo 79 (TUN79)

Corner sink (T-87081) Round bowl & drainer (TRB450 & TRD450)

Luxury undermount (PMPS1)

classic undermount - stainless steel sink specifications - pages 3.19-3.20

Luxury undermount (PMPS02) Luxury undermount (PMPS03)

Luxury undermount (PMPS04) Luxury undermount (PMPS08) Luxury undermount (PMPS010)

Undermount (TUS1.4) Undermount TUSDB780 Undermount (TUS130/260)

Page 161: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

3.30

Order online at .pws.co.uk

sink specifications

Undermount (TUS240/260)

page 3.20 - continued

Undermount (TUS340/370) Undermount (TUS400/400)

traditional - ceramic & fireclay sink specifications - pages 3.21 - 3.22

Inset or undermount (SCS600) Inset or undermount (SCS460)

Waterside bow fronted (WATER600) Inset or undermount (SCS400) Inset or undermount (SCS500)

Ribchester800 (RIB800) Ribchester1000(RIB1000) Belfast (BELF600)

Page 162: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

sink specifications3.31

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Sonnet SBSD (SO1BWH)

traditional - ceramic & fireclay sink specifications - page 3.23

Sonnet 1.5 (SO1.5BWH) Ronde (CRBWH)

Sonnet DBSD (SO2BDWH) Farmhouse (FHDBWH)

FIJI100PW & FIJI100GR

contemporary, undermount & flushmount sink specifications - page 3.24

FIJI150GR & FIJI150PW

Desire inset sink (DESB605) & flushmount (DESB605U)

contemporary - undermount & flushmount sink specifications - page 3.25

Desire inset sink (DESBD860) & flushmount (DESBD860U)

Ease inset sink (EASESB) & flushmount (EASESBU) Ease inset sink (EASE1.5) & flushmount (EASEU1.5)

Page 163: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

3.32

Order online at .pws.co.uk

sink specifications

contemporary - undermount, flushmount & inset sink specifications - pages 3.26-3.27

Box 34 undermount drainer(BOXDR34U)

Box lux flushmount (BOXLUX50)

Box 34 undermount (BOX34U) Box 40 undermount (BOX40U)

Cuadro 45B inset sink (TCU45B) Cuadro 60 inset sink (TCU60B)

Box 50 undermount (BOX50U)

Lavabo undermount (LAV385)

Box 80 flushmount (BOX80) Box 100 flushmount (BOX100) Box 16 undermount (BOX16U)

Page 164: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

value - taps3.33

Order online at .pws.co.uk

TM05CH1

Thirlmere, chrome

• Single lever monobloc with ceramic disccartridge

• Single flow spout• Cut-out 35mmø• Soft feed. Operating pressure min 1 bar,

max 8 bar• High pressure(2)

GM04CH1

Grasmere, chrome

• Cruciform monobloc with ceramic disc 1/4turn valves

• Dual flow spout• Cut-out 35mmø• Soft feed. Operating pressure min 0.1 bar,

max 8 bar• High and low pressure(2)

MCMTC1

Monza, chrome

• Monobloc sink mixer, peg cruciform with J spout

• Hard feed. Operating pressure min 0.2 bar

• Low pressure(2)

RVMTC1

Revolve monobloc sink mixer, chrome

• Single flow monobloc mixer • Multi-directional aerator • Ceramic disc valves • Cut-out 35mmø• Hard feed. Operating pressure min 0.2 bar• Low pressure(2)

VMTC1

Venus monobloc sink mixer, chrome

• Soft feed. Operating pressure min 1 bar, max 8bar

• High pressure(2)

FUSNKCH1

Fuse monobloc sink mixer, chrome

• Monobloc sink mixer• Single flow spout• Hard feed. Operating pressure min 0.5 bar• Low pressure(2)

EM10CH1

English monobloc, chrome

• Dual flow spout with compression valves andporcelain indices

• Cut-out 35mmø• Hard feed. Operating pressure min 0.18 bar• Low pressure(2)

• Also available in: EM10PE - Pewter

PM07CH1

Provençal, chrome

• Traditional French style monobloc with singleflow spout and compression valve.

• Taphole cut-out 35mmø• Hard feed. Operating pressure min 0.18 bar• Low pressure(2)

• Also available in: PM07AB - Antique brass

3011ROSS1

Monobloc mixer, stainless steel

• Single lever monobloc• Single flow spout• Cut-out 35mmø• Hard feed. Operating pressure min

0.2 bar• Low pressure(2)

Page 165: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

3.34

Order online at .pws.co.uk

classic - taps

Notes: (1) WRAS approved when properly installed. (2) High pressure requires a mains fed water system, usually where a combi boiler is installed. Low pressure tap uses a stored hot water tank and

operates on gravity feed. All taps should be fitted in compliance with water company guidelines and all applicable bye-laws and regulations

4193CH1

Ionian, chrome

• 2 hole mixer with porcelain levers• Hard feed. Operating pressure min 0.2

bar, max 5 bar• High and low pressure(2)

• Also available in: 4193PE - Pewter

OB4861CH1

Oberon ‘C’, chrome

• Monobloc mixer with C spout• Cut-out 35mmø• Soft feed. Operating pressure min 1 bar,

max 5 bar• High pressure(2)

• Also available in: OB4861PE - Pewter

PH4360CH1

Phoenician with rinse, chrome

• Monobloc sink mixer with porcelain lever handles and rinse• Soft feed. Operating pressure min 1 bar, max 5 bar• High pressure• Also available in: PH4360PE - Pewter

4293CHIO, chrome

• 2 hole sink mixer with lever handles• Hard feed. Operating pressure min 1 bar, max 5 bar.

High pressure(2)

4371NI1

3 hole mixer, nickel

• Cut-out for taps - 35mmø• Cut-out for levers - 30mmø• Adjustable hole centres between levers,

150-400mm• Hard feed. Operating pressure min 0.2 bar,

max 5 bar• High and low pressure(2)

4371NI PH4360CH

Page 166: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4592CH PH4460CH

classic - taps3.35

Order online at .pws.co.uk

OB4866CH1

Oberon ‘C’ with rinse, chrome

• Monobloc mixer with C spout and rinse• Cut-out 35mmø• Soft feed. Operating pressure min 1 bar,

max 5 bar. High pressure(2)

• Also available in: OB4866PE - Pewter

4592CHOasis, chrome

• 3 hole sink mixer• Hard feed. Operating pressure min

1 bar, max 5 bar. High pressure(2)

4320CHEtruscan, chrome

• Monobloc mixer with etruscan levers• Soft feed. Operating pressure min

0.2 bar, max 5 bar• Low and high pressure(2)

• Also available in: 4320PE - Pewter

PH4460CH1

Phoenician, chrome

• Monobloc sink mixer with porcelain lever handles• Cut-out 35mmø• Soft feed. Operating pressure min 0.2 bar, max 5

bar. High and low pressure(2)

• Also available in: PH4460PE - Pewter

EB12CH1

English bridge mixer, chrome

• English bridge mixer with adjustable centreand porcelain lever handles

• Single flow spout and 1⁄4 turn compressionvalves

• Taphole cut-out 28mmø, 180mm hole centresadjustable 165mm-240mm

• Hard feed. Operating pressure min 0.18 bar• Low pressure(2)

• Also available in: EB12PE - Pewter

Page 167: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Notes: (1) WRAS approved when properly installed. (2) High pressure requires a mains fed water system, usually where a combi boiler is installed. Low pressure tap uses a stored hot water tank and

operates on gravity feed. All taps should be fitted in compliance with water company guidelines and all applicable bye-laws and regulations

3.36

Order online at .pws.co.uk

traditional - taps

4771CHAlsace, chrome

• 3 hole sink mixer with levers• Soft feed. Operating pressure min 1 bar,

max 5 bar• High pressure(2)

• Also available in: 4771PE - Pewter

4741CHAquitaine, chrome

• Monobloc sink mixer with single lever handles• Soft feed. Operating pressure min 1 bar,

max 5 bar• High pressure(2)

• Also available in: 4741PE - Pewter

PR4751PE1

Provence, pewter

• 2 hole mixer with lever handles• 200mm hole centres/ 2x 25mmø tap holes• Hard feed. Operating pressure min 1 bar,

max 5 bar• High pressure(2)

• Also available in: PR4751CH - Chrome

PR4766CH1

Picardie with rinse, chrome

• Monobloc sink mixer wih levers and rinse• Soft feed. Operating pressure min 1 bar,

max 5 bar• High pressure(2)

• Also available in: PR4766PE - Pewter

PB08AB1

Provençal, antique brass• Traditional French bridge mixer• Single flow spout & compression valves• Taphole cut-out 28mmø, 180mm hole centres• Hard feed. Operating pressure min 0.18 bar• Low pressure(2)

• Also available in: PB08CH - Chrome

PR4761BZ1

Picardie, English bronze• Monobloc sink mixer with levers• Cut-out 35mmø• Soft feed. Operating pressure min 1 bar,

max 5 bar• High pressure(2)

• Also available in: PR4761CH - ChromePR4761PE - Pewter

PR4750PE1

Provence, pewter• 2 hole mixer with crosshead handles• Hard feed. Operating pressure min 1 bar,

max 5 bar• High pressure(2)

• Also available in: PR4750CH - Chrome

Page 168: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

DMRSPCHDax R, chrome

• Single lever kitchen mixer • Spring and swivel spout• Dual mode spray• Operating pressure min 0.8 bar• Also available in:

DMRSPBS - brushed steel

DMRCHDax R, chrome

• Single lever kitchen mixer • High and swivel spout• Operating pressure min 0.5 bar• Also available in:

DMRBS - brushed steel

PIX557CHPixel, chrome

• Single lever kitchen mixer- controlling water flowand temperature simultaneously

• High and swivel spout• Operating pressure min 0.5 bar

PIX572CHPixel, chrome

• Single lever kitchen mixer - controlling water flow andtemperature simultaneously

• High and swivel spout with flow reducer• Operating pressure min 0.5 bar

DMRSPBS DMRBS

contemporary - taps3.37

Order online at .pws.co.uk

new new

new new

Page 169: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

CXSL572CH CXSL591CH

Notes: (1) WRAS approved when properly installed. (2) High pressure requires a mains fed water system, usually where a combi boiler is installed. Low pressure tap uses a stored hot water tank and

operates on gravity feed. All taps should be fitted in compliance with water company guidelines and all applicable bye-laws and regulations

3.38

Order online at .pws.co.uk

contemporary - taps

new new

CXF579CHCox, chrome

• Fountain tower monobloc tapwith single lever

• Operating pressure min 0.5 bar, max 5 bar

CXSL573CHCox, chrome

• Single lever monobloc tap• Operating pressure min 0.5 bar,

max 5 bar

CXSL568CHCox, chrome

• Single lever monobloc tap• Pull-out spray - 2 modes• Operating pressure min 0.8 bar,

max 5 bar

CXSL572CHCox, chrome

• Single lever kitchen mixer• Swivel spout• Operating pressure min 0.5 bar,

max 5 bar

CXSL591CHCox, chrome

• Side lever monobloc tap• Pull-out spray• Operating pressure min 0.8 bar,

max 5 bar

CXFL558CHCox flexio, chrome

• Single lever monobloc tap• Spring and swivel spout• Operating pressure min 0.8 bar,

max 5 bar

CXFL556CHCox flexio, chrome

• Single lever monobloc tap• Spring and swivel magnetic spout• Operating pressure min 0.8 bar,

max 5 bar

Page 170: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

contemporary - taps3.39

Order online at .pws.co.uk

QUSLTCH 4035M

4020MBoma, matt steel

• Monobloc mixer• Soft feed• Operating pressure min 1 bar max 5 bar• High pressure

4055MVela, matt steel

• Monobloc with pull-out spout• Soft feed• Operating pressure min 1 bar max 5 bar• High pressure

OUSLCHOuse, chrome

• Single lever monobloc sink mixer• Soft feed. Operating pressure

min 1 bar, max 8 bar• High pressure(2)

Notes: (1) WRAS approved when properly installed. (2) High pressure requires a mains fed water system, usually where a combi boiler is installed. Low pressure tap uses a stored hot water tank and

operates on gravity feed. All taps should be fitted in compliance with water company guidelines and all applicable bye-laws and regulations

4035MT45, matt steel

• 3 hole sink mixer with pull-out spout• Soft feed• Operating pressure min 1.5 bar, max 5 bar• High pressure

SHSLCHShannon, chrome• Single lever monobloc sink mixer• Soft feed. Operating pressure min 1.0 bar,

max 8 bar• High pressure(2)

QUSLTCH1

Qube, chrome

• Monobloc sink mixer• Single flow spout• Hard feed. Operating pressure min 1 bar• High pressure(2)

Page 171: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Page 172: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Intelligent storageAll Kesseböhmer larders; Classic, Arena Classic and Arena Style include the following features as standard:

• 100% usable shelf space• Soft stop (except classic single extension)• Gentle closure and stable shelves• Adjustable frames and centre-mounted runners• 5 shelves and all necessary fittings• Full extension runner (except classic single extension)• Spring loaded clip for fast installation• 100kg load rating (except Tandem larder pull-out)

Arena Classic larders (pages 4.04-4.05)In addition to the standard Classic range, the Arena Classic collection of larders offers a superior specification of:

• Anti-slip mfc shelves and chrome galleries• Soft stop

Arena Style larders (pages 4.02-4.03)In addition to the Arena Classic range, Arena Style offers a superior specification of:

• A sleek design with grey shelves and highly polished chrome galleries, with an outstanding look, feel and quality• Soft stop plus (except tandem larders)

TouchControlSimply knock on the larder door and the touchcontrol motor brings thelarder contents out to you. Knock again to close.

• Can only be used in combination with the 100kg full-extension runner (not with single extension)

• It can be retrofitted

order code description

KTCADAPT TouchControl adapter for pull-out larders, silverAvailable during March

new

Page 173: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.02

Order online at .pws.co.uk

arena style larders

Arena Style larder pull-out• Full extension• Can be combined with TouchControl• Anti-slip shelves and soft stop plus• Minimum internal dimensions: 500mm(d) x 262mm(w)• Designed for use in 1600-2000mm units (internal dimensions)• Maximum load capacity 100kg• Additional shelves available see page 4.09

Arena Style Swing larder pull-out• Swivel larder with bottom runner design for smooth easy action• Over extension• Anti-slip shelves and soft stop plus• Minimum internal dimensions:500mm(d) x 262mm(w)• Designed for use in 1800-2000mm units (internal dimensions)• Maximum load capacity 70kg• Additional shelves available see page 4.09

order code description

KASLF300FESC Arena Style larder pull-out, 300mm

KASLF400FESC Arena Style larder pull-out, 400mm

order code description

KASLFS300OESC Arena Style Swing larder pull-out, 300mm

KASLFS300OESCW Arena Style 300mm over extension larder unit,

1745-1945 high, swing mechanism, anti slip surface

shelves and soft stop, with gloss white shelves

new

new

Page 174: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.03 arena style tandem pull-out

Studio height, 2 units shown Studio height, gloss white shelves

Arena Style Tandem larder pull-out

• Supplied with: Full height - 6 frame and 6 door shelvesStudio height - 4 frame and 4 door shelves

• Suits 1 or 2 door arrangements• Available with either grey or gloss white anti-slip shelves & soft stop• Minimum internal dimensions for full height:

500mm - 462mm(w), 500mm(d) and 1700mm(h)600mm - 562mm(w), 500mm(d) and 1700mm(h)

• Minimum internal dimensions for studio height: 500mm - 462mm(w), 500mm(d) and 1100mm(h)600mm - 562mm(w), 500mm(d) and 1100mm(h)

• Maximum load capacity: internal shelf system = 50kg, door shelf system = 20kg

new

Full height, gloss white shelvesFull height, 2 units shown

new

new

new

new

new

order code descriptionKASSTLF500SC Arena Style Tandem larder pull-out, studio height, 500mmKASTLF500SC Arena Style Tandem larder pull-out, 500mm silver/chromeKASTLF600SC Arena Style Tandem larder pull-out, 600mm silver/chromeKASSTLF500SCW Arena Style Tandem larder unit, studio height, 500mm

wide, silver/chrome with gloss white shelvesKASSTLF600SCW Arena Style Tandem larder unit, studio height, 600mm

wide, silver/chrome with gloss white shelvesKASTLF500SCW Arena Style Tandem larder unit, 500mm wide, 1700mm

high, silver/chrome, with gloss white shelvesKASTLF600SCW Arena Style Tandem larder unit, 600mm wide, 1700mm

high, silver/chrome, with gloss white shelves

Page 175: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.04arena classic larders

Arena Classic larder pull-out• Full extension• Can be combined with TouchControl• Anti-slip mfc shelves and chrome galleries• Supplied with soft stop with upgrade option to soft stop plus

(KLSSP) additional accessory• Adjustable frame and centre mounted runners• 5 shelves and all necessary fittings• Minimum internal dimensions:500mm(d) x 262mm(w)• Designed for use in 1600-2000mm units (internal dimensions)• Maximum load capacity 100kg• Additional shelves are available for use when the unit is fully height

extended• 300mm version compatible with in-frame doors available• Additional shelves available see page 4.09

Arena shelves with anti-slipsurface. Note MFC used is greyspeckled.

order code description frame basket

KALF300SC Arena Classic larder pull-out, 300mm silver grey/chrome

IFKALFS300FESC Arena Classic larder pull-out, for use with

in-frame, 300mm silver grey/chrome

KLSSP Soft stop plus for full extension larder pull-out

Arena Classic Tandem larder pull-out

• Supplied with 6 frame and 6 door shelves• Suits 1 or 2 door arrangements• Anti-slip shelves• Soft stop• Minimum internal dimensions:

500mm - 462mm(w), 500mm(d) and 1700mm(h)600mm - 562mm(w), 500mm(d) and 1700mm(h)

• Maximum load capacity: internal shelf system = 50kg door shelf system = 20kg

• Additional shelves available see page 4.09

order code description

KTLFA500SC Arena Classic Tandem larder pull-out, 500mm wide, silver/chrome

KTLFA600SC Arena Classic Tandem larder pull-out, 600mm wide, silver/chrome

Page 176: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.05

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Bottle holder/divider

arena classic larder pull-outs

Arena Classic Swing larder pull-out

• Bottom runner design for smooth easy glide• With a gentle pull swings left or right for effortless access• Supplied with a handy bottle holder/divider• Over extension• Anti-slip shelves• Soft stop plus• Minimum internal dimensions: 500mm(d) x 262mm(w)• Designed for use in 1800-2000mm units (internal dimensions)• Maximum load capacity 70kg• Additional shelves available see page 4.09

order code description frame basket

KALFS300OESC Arena Classic Swing larder pull-out, 300mm silver grey/chrome

Page 177: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.06

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Classic larder pull-out, full extension• Designed for use in 1600-2000mm units (internal dimensions)• Can be combined with TouchControl• 300mm, 400mm and 500mm options• Full extension runner creates additional 100mm extension compared to single extension unit• Adjustable frame and centre mounted runners• Supplied with soft stop with upgrade option to soft stop plus with KLSSP additional accessory• 300mm and 400mm option supplied with bottle holder/divider• Supplied with 5 shelves and fittings• Minimum internal depth required is 500mm• Minimum internal width required is 262mm for 300mm frame• Minimum internal width required is 362mm for 400mm frame• Minimum internal width required is 462mm for 500mm frame• Maximum load capacity 100kg• Additional shelves available see page 4.09

Classic larder pull-out, studio height, full extension• Soft stop• Designed for use in 1200-1600mm units (internal dimensions)• Supplied with 4 shelves and necessary fittings• Minimum internal depth required is 500mm• Minimum internal width required is 262mm for 300mm frame• Frame height adjustable between 1145-1545mm• Maximum load capacity 70kg• Additional shelves available see page 4.09

Classic larder pull-out for in-frame, full extension• IFKLF300FESC specially designed unit for use with 300mm in-frame cabinets• The KLF400FESC is suitable for use within 500mm wide in-frame units

Classic larder pull-out, single extension• Designed for use in 1600-2000mm units (internal dimensions)• 300mm, 400mm and 500mm options • Adjustable frame and centre mounted runners• 300mm and 400mm option supplied with bottle holder/divider• Supplied with 5 shelves and fittings• Minimum internal depth required is 500mm• Minimum internal width required is 262mm for 300mm frame• Minimum internal width required is 362mm for 400mm frame• Minimum internal width required is 462mm for 500mm frame• Maximum load capacity 100kg• Soft stop is not supplied with unit but can be ordered separately• Additional shelves available see page 4.09

classic larder pull-outs

order code description frame basket

KLF300SC Classic single extension larder pull-out, 300mm silver chrome

KLF400SC Classic single extension larder pull-out, 400mm silver chrome

KLF500SC Classic single extension larder pull-out, 500mm silver chrome

KLSS Soft stop for single extension larder pull-out

order code description frame basket

KLF300FESC Classic full extension larder 300mm silver chrome

KLF400FESC Classic full extension larder 400mm silver chrome

KLF500FESC Classic full extension larder 500mm silver chrome

KSLF300FESC Classic full extension larder, studio height, 300mm silver chrome

IFKLF300FESC Classic full extension larder for in-frame, 300mm silver chrome

KLSSP Soft stop plus for full extension larder pull-outs* *Not available for use with studio height option

Page 178: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.07

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Internal pantry pull-out

• Full extension• Soft stop• 3 height options:

- Adjustable version, 1160-1495mm, 515mm depth (4 shelves)- 870mm height, 465mm depth (3 shelves)- 609mm height, 465mm depth (3 shelves)

• Can be mounted to left or right hand of carcase• Maximum load capacity:

- 40kg for adjustable option- 20kg for 870mm and 609mm options

• Minimum width required 264mm

classic larders

Classic Tandem larder pull-out

• Available to suit 500mm and 600mm wide units• Soft stop• Supplied with 6 frame shelves and 6 door shelves • Suitable for 1 or 2 door arrangements• Frame is mounted to the right hand side of the carcase but the door can be

handed either left or right• Minimum internal dimensions:

500mm - 462mm(w), 500mm(d) and 1700mm(h)600mm - 562mm(w), 500mm(d) and 1700mm(h)

• Maximum load capacity: internal shelf system =50kg door shelf system = 20kg

Classic Tandem larder pull-out, studio height

• Available to suit 500mm wide units• Supplied with 4 frame shelves and 4 door shelves• Minimum internal dimensions:

500mm - 462mm(w), 500mm(d) and 1100mm(h)• Maximum load capacity:

internal shelves system =50kg door shelves system = 20kg

order code description frame basket

KTLF500SC Classic Tandem larder pull-out, 500mm silver chrome

KTLF600SC Classic Tandem larder pull-out, 600mm silver chrome

KSTLF500SC Classic Tandem larder pull-out, studio height, 500mm silver chrome

order code description height frame basket

KIPA1160/1495 Internal adjustable pantry pull-out 1160-1495mm silver chrome

KIP870 Internal pantry pull-out 870mm silver chrome

IP609 Internal pantry pull-out 609mm silver chrome

Studio height, 2 units shown

2 units shown

Page 179: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.08

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Chef’s pantry

• Suitable for units 900-1000mm wide with a 1214mm high frame for use with 1245mm height doors

• 32mm thick base is required to support the unit• Min internal carcase width 862mm, depth 500mm, height 1214mm• Requires min 1250 angle door opening• Maximum load capacity 100kg• 20 frame shelves (368x205x82mm)• 10 door shelves (300x75x72mm)

Chef’s pantry closed

classic larders

order code description frame basket

KCP1214SC Chef’s pantry, 1214mm silver chrome

Use 2 studio height larder pull-outs to replicate a chef’s pantry

Page 180: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.09

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Extension clipSilver and grey basket for Arena Classic larders Silver and grey basket for Arena Style lardersChrome basket for Classic larders

Additional shelves

• Additional shelves and shelf clips are available to suit Arena Style, Arena Classic and Classic larders when extended to full height• Each shelf requires 1x pair of additional extension clips

larder accessories & corner unit storage - LeMans

order code description frame basketKASBAS300 Shelf for Arena Style larder pull-outs, 300mm 250x467x110mm silver/greyKASBAS400 Shelf for Arena Style larder pull-outs, 400mm 350x467x110mm silver/greyKABAS300CM Shelf for Arena Classic larder pull-outs, 300mm 250x450x105mm silver/greyKBASKETC Shelf for Classic larder pull-outs, single and full extension, 300mm 250x467x110mm chromeKBASKET400C Shelf for Classic larder pull-outs, single and full extension, 400mm 350x467x110mm chromeKBASKET500C Shelf for Classic larder pull-outs, single and full extension, 500mm 450x467x110mm chromeIFKBASKETC Shelf for Classic larder pull-outs, single and full extension, 300mm 200x467x110mm chromeKBASFASC Shelf clip extension (pair)

LeMans • Eliminate unnecessary lifting, bending or reaching • The system brings the shelves out to you after the door is

opened in a perfectly controlled and effortless sequence ofmovements

• Available to suit 450mm, 500mm and 600mm doors• Suitable for use with 900 and 1000mm cabinets• Load capacity of each shelf is 20kg, (that’s the equivalent to

20 bags of sugar!). Maximum load capacity of system 40kg• The door must open to a 90º angle for the system to function

properly• Each shelf swings out independently

LeMans Arena Classic

Page 181: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.10

Order online at .pws.co.uk

...the top or bottom shelf swings out ...and moves completely out of the cabinetThe door is opened...(Right hand LeMans Arena Style illustrated)

Cabinet Carcase Min.carcase Carcase Min.carcase

door width depth height (base unit) height (studio)

450mm 900mm 500mm 600mm-750mm 1165mm

500mm 1000mm 500mm 600mm-750mm 1165mm

600mm 1000mm 500mm 600mm-750mm 1165mm

corner unit storage - LeMans

LeMans Arena Style, studio height, gloss white shelves LeMans Arena Style, gloss white shelves

new new

* Note: Units are handed. Please insert order code with a

L for left hand or a R for right hand, replacing the asterix.

eg, left hand 450mm wide unit - KASLM450SCL.

See price list for full product listings.

order code descriptionKLM450SC* LeMans Arena Classic, 450mm wideKLM500SC* LeMans Arena Classic, 500mm wideKLM600SC* LeMans Arena Classic, 600mm wide

order code descriptionKASLM450SC* LeMans Arena Style, 450mm wideKASLM500SC* LeMans Arena Style, 500mm wideKASLM600SC* LeMans Arena Style, 600mm wide

new

new

new

order code descriptionKASLM450SC*W LeMans Arena Style, 450mm wide, silver/chrome,

with gloss white shelvesKASLM500SC*W LeMans Arena Style, 500mm wide, silver/chrome,

with gloss white shelvesKASLM600SC*W LeMans Arena Style, 600mm wide, silver/chrome,

with gloss white shelves

LeMans Arena Style

• Available in base unit or studio height options• Sleek minimalistic design, Arena Style is the next generation

of Kesseböhmer shelves. The look and feel is one ofoutstanding quality

• Now available in gloss white or grey anti-slip shelves andhighly polished chrome galleries

• Integrated soft stop

LeMans Arena Classic

• Grey anti-slip shelves and chrome wire galleries • Integrated soft stop

Arena Style - grey shelves

Arena Style - gloss white shelves

Arena Style, studio height - grey shelves

Arena Style, studio height - gloss white shelves

Arena Classic - grey shelves

new

new

new

new

order code descriptionKASSLM500SC* LeMans Arena Style, studio height, 500mm wide,

silver/chrome with grey shelvesKASSLM600SC* LeMans Arena Style, studio height, 600mm wide

silver/chrome with grey shelves

order code descriptionKASSLM500SC*W LeMans Arena Style, studio height, 500mm wide,

silver/chrome, with gloss white shelvesKASSLM600SC*W LeMans Arena Style, studio height, 600mm wide,

silver/chrome, with gloss white shelves

Page 182: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.11

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Featuring precision cornering for effortless operation. The door andframe glide smoothly along a pre-determined path.

Magic Corner Arena Style, gloss white shelves

Magic Corner Arena Style

Magic Corner Arena Classic

New Magic Corner

From May 2009 the Magic Corner will be supplied with the followingimproved specification:

Pull-out frame

• No tools required for door adjustment • Door is mounted via clip-on system• Increased front stability due to new clip-on diagonal rod• No tools required for pull-out frame assembling, reducing assembly

time significantly• Improved soft closing• No bulk parts due to pre-assembly• The front does not close if the pull-out frame is not locked correctly• Improved product design• Suitable for different cabinet’s depths, minimum 485mm

Back panel frame

• No tools required for back panel frame adjustment • Reduced noise level

Magic corner detail

• Utilise lost space in corner situations• Base unit application with 3 options available:

- Magic Corner Arena Style - Magic Corner Arena Classic - Magic Corner Classic

• 450-600mm wide door• Minimum internal width 860-970mm• Internal depth 500mm• Internal height 525mm• Maximum load capacity 32kg• Supplied with 1 shelf set which includes:

- 2x 305x470x85mm shelves- 2x 390x470x85mm shelves

new

corner unit storage - magic corner

Page 183: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.12

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Magic Corner Arena Style

Includes all the design features stated on page 4.11, plus the following:• Sleek minimalistic design, Arena Style is the next generation of

Kesseböhmer shelves. The look and feel is one of outstanding quality• Gloss white or grey anti-slip shelves and highly polished chrome

galleries • Integrated soft stop• Adjustable frame for 900 and 1000mm cabinet widths

Magic Corner Arena Classic

Includes all the design features stated on page 4.11, plus the following:• Grey anti-slip shelves and chrome wire galleries • Integrated soft stop

new

new

order code description frame

KASMCUSCL Magic Corner Arena Style, 525mm high, left hand silver

KASMCUSCR Magic Corner Arena Style, 525mm high, right hand silver

KASMCUSCLW Magic Corner Arena Style, 525mm high, left hand,

including soft-stop, with gloss white shelves silver/chrome

KASMCUSCRW Magic Corner Arena Style, 525mm high, right hand,

including soft-stop, with gloss white shelves silver/chrome

order code description frame

KAMCUSCL Magic Corner Arena Classic, left hand silver

KAMCUSCR Magic Corner Arena Classic, right hand silver

Magic Corner Classic

Includes all the design features stated on page 4.11, plus the following:• Chrome or silver wire shelves• Integrated soft stop

order code description frame

KMCUSCL Magic Corner Classic, chrome shelf, left hand silver

KMCUSCR Magic Corner Classic, chrome shelf, right hand silver

KMCUCL Magic Corner Classic, silver wire shelf, left hand silver

KMCUCR Magic Corner Classic, silver wire shelf, right hand silver

corner unit storage - magic corner

Note: product supplied with grey speckled shelves

Page 184: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.13

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Carcase requirements for base unit applicationTurnmotion carousels are designed for use in 900mmunits made from 18mm board.

External dimensions• 900mm x 900mm corner base (angled type)• 560mm deep gables• 720mm high (open top unit)

Internal dimensions:• 702mm height• 840mm x 840mm minimum length• 510 minimum depthMaximum load capacity - 20kg per shelf

3 vertical line design, stainless steel shown withtimber top (supplied separately)Matching door fasciaTurnmotion internal mechanism

Turnmotion - base unit corner storage

A rotating storage system maximising dead space in corner cupboards. The beautyof Turnmotion is that the door forms part of the system. When the door is pushed init rotates with the carousel 360°, providing easier access. For wall unit turnmotionssee page 4.22.

• Features a frame mechanism • Anti-slip grey speckled mfc shelves and chrome wire galleries • A choice of curved door fronts:

- aluminium with 3 vertical line design- stainless steel with 3 vertical line design

• When using the curved door fascia a turnmotion worktop is required (see below).

Timber fasciasA door size of 688x445mm designed for use with the turnmotion mechanism isavailable in the majority of Second Nature door ranges. Please refer to individualdoor ranges in the price list for sizing details. Using a matching door fascia createsa more streamlined look and does not require a base turnmotion top to be used,providing a cost saving.

Timber tops for base unit application• Available in beech timber and Nero Africa granite.• Beech timber top is available in two options;

- 27mm to suit 27-30mm worktops- 40mm to suit 40mm worktops

• Supplied as 27mm chopping board and 27/40mm skirt• Granite only available in 40mm option (20mm chopping board, 40mm skirt)• For wall and dresser tops see page 4.22.

corner unit storage - turnmotion

order code description

KTMCH Turnmotion mechanism, 720mm high, inc chrome shelves

KBTMDSS Turnmotion door, 3 vertical design, stainless steel

KTMPB27 Timber top, 27mm, beech

KTMPB40 Timber top, 40mm, beech

Note: Bespoke granite or timber topscan be made to order. For furtherdetails contact our Worksurfaces teamdirect (refer to contact details at thefront of the directory). Worksurfacecolour options are featured in section 3.

Page 185: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.14

Order online at .pws.co.uk

corner carousels

Arena Style 3/4 carousel

Includes:• Sleek minimalistic design. Arena Style is the next generation of

Kessebohmer shelves. The look and feel is one of outstanding quality.• Grey mfc speckled shelves with highly polished chrome galleries • Min installation:

800x800mm corner unit with a minimum 480mm depth• Maximum load capacity: 20kg per shelf• Adjustable centre tray

order code descriptionKASSH270GC 3⁄4 Arena Style carousel set, 700mmØ

KASSH270GCW 3⁄4 Arena Style carousel set, 700mmØ, gloss white shelvesnew

360° Arena Style carousels

• Gloss white shelves with highly polished chrome galleries • Min installation:

360° carousel, 800x800mm corner unit with a minimum 480mm depth• Maximum load capacity: 25kg per shelf

order code description

KASSH360GCW 360° Arena Style carousel, gloss white shelves new

new

Arena Style Revo 90 carousel

• Grey mfc speckled shelves with highly polished chrome galleries • Min installation:

Revo 90 carousel, 900x900mm corner unit with a minimum 510mm depth• Maximum load capacity: 25kg per shelf• Tool free installation• Height adjustable shelves• Soft closing doors

new

new

order code descriptionKASREVO90SC Arena Style Revo 90 base corner unit, silver/chrome,

grey shelves

Page 186: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.15

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Arena Classic carousels

• Sturdy grey speckled mfc shelves with chrome wire galleries • Min installation:

1⁄2 carousel, 900mm base unit with a minimum 450mm wide door3⁄4 carousel, 800x800mm corner unit with a minimum 480mm depth

• Maximum load capacity:1⁄2 carousel: 15kg per shelf3⁄4 carousel: 20kg per shelf

• Adjustable centre tray

Wire carousel

• Elegant chrome wirework in 1⁄2 or 3⁄4 carousel options• Each basket turns individually• Min installation:

1⁄2 carousel, 900mm base unit with a minimum 450mm wide door 3⁄4 carousel, 800x800mm corner unit with a minimum 480mm depth

• Maximum load capacity:1⁄2 carousel: 15kg per shelf3⁄4 carousel: 20kg per shelf

KSH180GC

3⁄4 carousel basket1⁄2 carousel basket

corner carousels

Note: The KSH180GC is supplied with a distance bracket providing

5mm packing between the corner post and axle.

order code description

KSH180GC 1⁄2 wire carousel basket set, 750mmØ, grey speckle/chrome

KSH270GC 3⁄4 wire carousel basket set, 700mmØ, grey speckle/chrome

order code description

KWC180GC 1⁄2 wire carousel basket set, 750mmØ, chrome

KWC270GC 3⁄4 wire carousel basket set, 700mmØ, chrome

Arena Classic Revo 90 carousel

• Grey mfc speckled shelves with highly polished chrome galleries • Min installation:

Revo 90 carousel, 900x900mm corner unit with a minimum 510mm depth• Maximum load capacity: 25kg per shelf• Tool free installation• Adjustable height shelves• Soft closing doors

new

new

order code descriptionKAREVO90SC Revo 90 Arena Classic base corner unit, silver/chrome,

grey shelves

Page 187: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.16

Order online at .pws.co.uk

3/4 carousel set• Set conists of two trays in moulded plastic plus a fitting kit• The unit is mounted between the unit base panel and worktop

underside. When the doors are closed, a simple mechanism holds the trays in a central position

• Overall internal carcase height 680 to 720mm to fit a 900-1000mm wide corner unit with a minimum interior depth of 440mm

1/2 carousel set• Set consists of two semi-circular trays in moulded plastic, plus

a fitting kit• Fitted to the corner mounting post of the 900mm or 1000mm

straight corner unit which has a 500mm wide door • Aluminium support pole is adjustable for 2 height positions• Bottom tray is attached and opens with the door using a plastic

hook bracket• Diameter 750mm, interior height 525mm, interior carcase depth

470mm

1/2 carousel set• A silver finish wire carousel that utilises the space in corner unit

situations • Supplied with 2x wire shelves and 2x hinge brackets. The hinge

brackets attach directly to the corner post in a 900mm straight cornerunit

• Diameter: 760mm• Min installation: 900mm base unit with a minimum 500mm wide door• Maximum load capacity:15kg

order code description

V180AL 1⁄2 plastic carousel set, 750mmø, almond Ral 9001

order code description

V720AL 3/4 plastic carousel set, 720mmø, almond Ral 9001

order code description

KCWCS 1⁄2 wire carousel, semi-circular, silver

corner carousels

Page 188: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.17

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Arena Style base unit pull-out Classic tray unit pull-out Classic towel pull-out

150mm Classic pull-outs

• Featuring all the above benefits with structural metal shelves and chrome galleries• Available in base unit, towel and tray pull-out

150mm pull-outs for base unit applicationA range of accessories including base unit pull-out, tray pull-out and towel pull-out designed for use in 150mmcabinets. All options are available in both Arena Style and Classic and feature the following benefits:

• Full extension runners and integrated soft stop • Base unit option is supplied with 2x baskets • Pull-out tray and towel pull-out are right hand fixing• Maximum load capacity:

- base unit pull-out 12kg- tray pull-out 12kg- towel pull-out 6kg

• Towel pull-out - hole distance 380mm• A door size of 715x147mm, suitable for use with the 150mm unit pull-out is available in selected

Second Nature door ranges. Please refer to the individual door specifications in the price list

150mm Arena Style pull-outs

As above but with the additional benefit:• Sleek minimalistic design. Arena Style is the next generation of Kesseböhmer shelves. The look and

feel is one of outstanding quality• Available in base unit, towel and tray pull-out

Arena Style towel pull-out

order code description finish min. internal min. internal min. internalheight depth width

KASBP150CH Arena Style base unit pull-out silver/chrome 580mm 481mm 112mmKASTBP150C Arena Style tray pull-out chrome 580mm 481mm 112mmKASTRBP150C Arena Style towel pull-out chrome 580mm 481mm 112mm

order code description finish min. internal min. internal min. internalheight depth width

KBP150CH Base unit pull-out silver/chrome 580mm 481mm 112mmKTBP150C Tray pull-out chrome 580mm 481mm 112mmKTRBP150C Towel pull-out chrome 615mm 481mm 112mm

base unit 150mm pull-outs

Page 189: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

new

new

new

new

4.18

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Base unit pull-outs

• Integrated soft stop• Full extension runners• Silver frame • Supplied with 2 chrome baskets. Shelf dimensions:

- 300mm base unit, 210mm x 470mm x 75mm- 400mm base unit, 320mm x 470mm x 75mm

• Minimum internal dimensions: 300/400mm - 675mm(h) x 490mm(d)500/600mm - 630mm(h) x 500mm(d)

Arena Style base unit As above but with the additional benefit:• Sleek minimalistic design, Arena Style is the next

generation of Kessebohmer shelves. The look and feelis one of outstanding quality

• Now available in white gloss and grey anti-slip shelvesand highly polished chro me galleries

• White gloss option is available for 300, 400, 500 &600mm wide units

Arena Classic base unit As per above but with:• Grey anti-slip shelves and chrome wire galleries

Classic base unit As above but with: • Highly polished chrome wire baskets

left hand right hand

new

Arena Style 600mm base unit pull-out, white gloss shelves Arena Style base unit pull-out Arena Classic base unit pull-out

* Note: Please insert order code with a L for left hand or a R for right hand, replacing asterix, eg, left hand 300mm wide unit - KASBUFELW. See price list for full product listings.

base unit pull-outs

order code description baskets/ min. internal max. loadshelves width capacity

KASBU300FE*W Arena Style base unit pull-out, 300mm gloss white 243mm 24kgKASBU400FE*W Arena Style base unit pull-out, 400mm gloss white 353mm 24kgKASBU500FELW Arena Style base unit pull-out, 500mm,

centre mounted gloss white 460mm 40kgKASBU600FELW Arena Style base unit pull-out, 600mm,

centre mounted gloss white 560mm 40kg

order code description baskets/ min. internal max. loadshelves width capacity

KASBU300FE* Arena Style base unit pull-out, 300mm grey 243mm 24kgKASBU400FE* Arena Style base unit pull-out, 400mm grey 353mm 24kg

order code description baskets/ min. internal max. loadshelves width capacity

KBUA300FE* Arena Classic base unit pull-out, 300mm grey 243mm 24kgKBUA400FE* Arena Classic base unit pull-out, 400mm grey 353mm 24kg

order code description baskets/ min. internal max. loadshelves width capacity

KBU300FEC* Classic base unit pull-out set, 300mm chrome wire 243mm 24kgKBU400FEC* Classic base unit pull-out set, 400mm chrome wire 353mm 24kg

Page 190: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.19

Order online at .pws.co.uk

base unit pull-outs

Classic 45º angle pull-out • Highly polished chrome wire shelves• Integrated soft stop• Full extension runners• Shelf dimensions - 228x467x74mm• Minimum internal cabinet width - shelf width +33mm• Minimum internal cabinet depth - 515mm• Minimum internal cabinet height - 460mm• Use with 400mm doors Left

handRighthand

Classic b ase tandem pull-out• Operates via a clip on follower mechanism which pulls the back shelves

out of the cupboard when the door is opened • Highly polished chrome wire shelves• Can be used left or right hand• See page 4.07 for full height tandem pull-out

Adjustable pull-out baskets• Suitable for 15mm and 18mm carcase material for 500 or 600mm

cabinets• Each shelf supplied with runners, 2x distance angle brackets and door

protection clip in grey metallic. These can be mounted onto the left orright side, preventing any possible damage to the inside of the cabinetdoor from the edge of the runners

• Minimum internal depth of the cabinet is 510mm• Height 80mm• Maximum load capacity - 24kg per basket• Sold in singles

order code descriptionKPA300SCL Classic 45º angle pull-out, 300mm, left handKPA300SCR Classic 45º angle pull-out, 300mm, right hand

Note: The top hinge must be fitted 150mm from the top of the door.

order code description finishKBTP600SC Classic base tandem pull-out, 600mm chrome

order code description finishKAPB500CH Adjustable pull-out basket 500mm chromeKAPB600CH Adjustable pull-out basket 600mm chrome

Page 191: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.20

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Pull-out wire drawersBased on the same design as the drawers above but featuring:• Heavier chrome work• Integrated soft stop• Full extension, self-closing runner fitted as standard• Minimum internal depth - 49 5mm• Minimum internal width - 462-468mm for 500mm, 562-568mm for

600mm• Basket dimensions:

500mm with bracket - 445mm x 503mm x 140mm600mm with bracket - 545mm x 503mm x 140mm500mm standard - 445mm x 500mm x 127mm600mm standard - 545mm x 500mm x 127mm

• Maximum load capacity 20kg per basket• Sold in singles

1x Pan drawer with front bracket1x Pan drawer

Pull-out wire drawersThree-sided chrome basket suitable for use with 500mm and 600mm units.Ideal for storing foodstuffs or alternatively use as pull-out pan drawers.

• Model KPD600BC/KPD500BC attaches to the drawer or door front with adjustable brackets, KPD600C/KPD500C can be used with a hingeddoor

• Front bracket and runners supplied• Minimum internal depth - 495mm• Minimum internal width - 462-468mm for 500mm, 562-568mm for

600mm • Basket dimensions:

500mm with bracket - 445mm x 480mm x 140mm600mm with bracket - 545mm x 480mm x 140mm500mm standard - 445mm x 476mm x 120mm600mm standard - 545mm x 476mm x 120mm

• Maximum load capacity 20kg per basket • Sold in singles

1x Pan drawer with front bracket1x Pan drawer

base unit storage- pull-out drawers

order code description frame basketKPD500BC Pan drawer c/w runners & front bracket, 500mm chrome chromeKPD500C Pan drawer c/w runners, 500mm chrome chromeKPD600BC Pan drawer c/w runners & front bracket, 600mm chrome chromeKPD600C Pan drawer c/w runners, 600mm chrome chrome

order code description finishKPD500FEC Pan drawer with full extension runners, 500mm chromeKPD600FEC Pan drawer with full extension runners, 600mm chromeKPD500BFEC Pan drawer with full extension runners & front brackets,

500mm chromeKPD600BFEC Pan drawer with full extension runners & front brackets,

600mm chrome

Page 192: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.21

Order online at .pws.co.uk

base unit storage - pull-outs

wine racks

Wine rack• High quality wine rack for base or wall unit situations• Chrome finish• Manufactured from heavy gauge wire and holds 12 or 15 standard

bottles• Screw-fixes to carcase (screws not supplied)

Wine rack• Extra large designer wine racks in chrome effect • 5 or 10 bottle capacity, additional racks can be combined for further

storage • Dimensions:

1000mm wide - 995mm x 180mm (requires a 1000mm wide aperture)500mm wide - 495mm x 180mm (requires a 500mm wide aperture)

Pull-out basket• Suitable for 500mm and 600mm units• Supplied with spaced roller runners to clear door hinges and a door reject

clip to prevent damage to the door• Maximum load capacity - 15kg per basket • Suitable for 15/16mm carcase material only• Minimum internal depth of 510mm• Basket dimensions: 500mm unit - 445mm x 500mm x 100mm

600mm unit - 545mm x 500mm x 100mm

order code description frame basketKPBAS500S Pull-out basket c/w runners 500mm silver silverKPBAS600S Pull-out basket c/w runners 600mm silver silver

order code description finishKWRH500C Wine rack, horizontal, 500mm wide chrome effectKWRH1000C Wine rack, horizontal, 1000mm wide chrome effect

order code descriptionKWR150C Wine rack, 5 tier, 200x109x616mmKWR4TC Wine rack, 4 tier, 260x185x490mmKWR5TC Wine rack, 5 tier, 260x185x624mm

Page 193: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.22

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Important note: Special

sized carcases are

required for wall and

dresser turnmotions.

Standard carcases are

not suitable.

Dresser turnmotion tops

• Available in beech timber and Nero Africa granite• Beech timber top is available in two options:

- 27mm to suit 27-30mm worktops- 40mm to suit 40mm worktops

• Supplied as 27mm chopping board and 27/40mm skirt• Granite available in 40mm option

(20mm chopping board, 40mm skirt)

Granite - NeroAfrica, shaped as

per timber top.

Timber top(Beech 40mm)

Wall turnmotion

Dresser turnmotion

Wall and dresser turnmotionsA rotating storage system, maximising dead space in corner cupboards.The door forms part of the system and when pushed in rotates with thecarousel 360º, providing easier access. Base unit turnmotions are featuredon page 4.13.

• Features a frame mechanism • Anti-slip grey speckled mfc shelves and chrome wire galleries • A choice of curved door fronts:

- aluminium ribbed door featuring silver wirework- stainless steel door with 3 vertical line design, featuring chrome wirework

• When using the curved door fascia a turnmotion worktop is required (seebelow)

order code descriptionKWTM720SS Wall turnmotion, 720mm, stainless steelKWTM900SS Wall turnmotion, 900mm, stainless steelKDTM1210SS Dresser turnmotion, 1210m, stainless steelKWTM720RAL Wall turnmotion, 720mm, ribbed aluminiumKWTM900RAL Wall turnmotion, 900mm, ribbed aluminiumKDTM1210RAL Dresser turnmotion, 1210mm, ribbed aluminium

order code internal height overall height fascia height carcase thicknessKWTM720 720mm 822mm 51mm 18mmKWTM900 900mm 1002mm 51mm 18mmKDTM1210 1159mm 1261mm 51mm 18mm

order code description thickness finishKDTMPB27 Timber top for dresser turnmotion 27mm beechKDTMPB40 Timber top for dresser turnmotion 40mm beechKDTMGRAF40 Granite dresser turnmotion top 40mm Nero Africa

90mm

wall unit storage - turnmotion

Page 194: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.23

Order online at .pws.co.uk

wall unit storage

150mm wall unit pull-out• A useful storage accessory for small cupboard spaces• Full extension runners • Soft stop • Maximum load capacity - 12kg• Minimum internal height: 470mm • Minimum internal depth: 270mm• Minimum internal width: 112mm• A door size of 715x147mm, suitable for use with the 150mm unit pull-out

is available in selected Second Nature door ranges. Please refer to theindividual door specifications in the price list

• Can be used as a base pull-out if in a shallow carcase

Wall tandem pull-out• Handy storage system for smaller items• When the cupboard door is opened the rear shelves are brought

forward via the clip-on follower mechanism• Features anti-slip grey shelves and highly polished wire chrome

galleries• Minimum inside carcase width - 262mm• Minimum inside carcase depth - 280mm• Minimum inside carcase height - 684mm• Backboard is not supplied• The bottom hinge must be fitted 150mm from the base of the door

Twister• A 360º rotating circular unit designed for use in wall units• Features anti-slip grey shelves and highly polished wire chrome

galleries• Shelves are 450mmø and can be positioned at different heights along

the axle• The eccentric axle maximises the space available and is height

adjustable• Maximum load capacity 8kg per shelf

order code description finishKWP150C Wall pull-out, 150mm wide chrome

order code description finishKTWCU720C Twister, 720mm wide chrome

order code description finishKTPW300C Tandem wall pull-out, 300mm chrome

During 2008 this product was updated with the following enhancements:• Smoother pull-out due to improved runner• Slide runner has 10% better lateral stability• Unchanged drilling positions on frontal• Different drilling positions when attaching slide runner to cabinet side• Unchanged overall cabinet dimensions

Page 195: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.24

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Concealed attachment tothe front panel. Frontpanel adjustment forperfect height, tilt andsideways position.min.335mm

min.255mm

800/1000mm widthsavailable.

Dampening opening action.

wall unit storage - soft lift

Soft liftMake it easy to access cabinets by integrating the soft lift system. Thisclever mechanism opens a top lift door smoothly and with ease. Simple toinstall with the front panel adjustment ensuring a perfect fit.

Designed for use with:

• Door fascia widths of 800mm and 1000mm• Door fascia weights up to a maximum of 15kg• Door fascia height from 400-720mm• When using an 18mm door the minimum clearance required

between the carcase and ceiling is 240mm

Note: When ordering care should be taken regarding the weight of the

door being used and consideration should be taken when using this

product next to larders, as the door has a wide opening angle which

can clash with cornice sections.

order code description door order codeKSUS800GD Soft lift swing up system, 800mm door width, 8-9kgs GFD718

KSUS1000GD Soft lift swing up system, 1000mm door width, 11.5-13kgs GFD710

KSUS800SSD Soft lift swing up system, 800mm door width, 11.5-13kgs SS718

KSUS1000SSD Soft lift swing up system, 1000mm door width, 13.5-14.5kgs SS710

Page 196: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.25

Order online at .pws.co.uk

wall unit storage - gas lifting hinge

Gas lifting hingeA compact stylish hinge system designed for use with folding doors.When fitted, this system allows doors to glide smoothly open and shut ata steady pressure, whilst offering maximum access to the cupboardspace.

• The mechansim is easy to install supplied with product fittinginstructions. No requirement for unsightly sidetracks to be fitted

• Contemporary stainless steel effect finish• Designed for use with 2x 355mm (high) doors on a 720mm unit. The

shelf should be set back a minimum of 25mm from the front of thecarcase. Cabinet doors should have a minimum 45mm wide frame ora solid back

• Suitable for use with the WFA wide framed aluminium doors featuredin section 1 (shown in the picture bottom right)

Shown above with the Gullwing Oak door. Further details on this door can be

found in section 1.

Shown above with the GFD range of glazed doors. Further details on this

range can be found in section 1.

Note: This system is not compatible with the AF stainless steel effect

framed door or the SAF satin finished aluminium framed doors featured

in section 1.

order code descriptionKGLS600 Gas lifting system for folding doors, 600mmKGLS800 Gas lifting system for folding doors, 800mmKGLS1000 Gas lifting system for folding doors, 1000mmKGLS1200 Gas lifting system for folding doors, 1200mm

Page 197: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.26

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Highline storage system

• Attractive space-saving system for kitchens, living rooms or receptionareas, based on a sturdy 50mm diameter tube

• A full range of trays and accessories are available to add to the basic structure, shown on opposite page

• Chrome finish• The tubes are supplied with caps which screw fix to the ceiling (fittings

also supplied), plus a covering to fit to the floor which can be screwfixed or stuck down with an adhesive pad (also supplied). Glue fixing isideal for floors with tiles or heating

• Can be fitted to a wall or carcase with a suitable fixing bracket• Tubes can be cut to the required size on site• End cover cap is available for use with the highline pole when it is not

fully fixed to a ceiling

Fixed to wall using aKHL9100 or KHL9043

Between a worktop and asloping ceiling with KHL9088ceiling adaptor

Between a worktop and acanopy

Fixed to a cabinet usingKHL9044

highline storage system

order code descriptionKHL9041 Highline tube, 1825mm, chrome

See over page for highline accessories

Page 198: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.27

Order online at .pws.co.uk

highline storage system

KHLTC - End cover cap• Chrome finish

KHL9098 - Swinging basket• Chrome finish• Height: 190mm, Ø315mm

KHL9047 - Swinging arm • Chrome finish• Height: 50mm, Length: 360mm, • Ø16mm tube

KHL9058 - Glass holder• Chrome finish • Height: 50mm, Ø300mm

KHL9055 - Swivel shelf• Chrome finish• 355x420x50mm

KHL9062 - Glass shelf• Chrome finish • Height: 100mm, Ø364mm

KHL9043 - Wall fixing bracket• 270x312x24mm, chrome• Distance from wall to centre of

column 282mm, 250mm hole centres

KHL9100 - Wall fixing bracket• 320x455x24mm, chrome• Distance from wall to centre of

column 425mm, 300mm hole centres

KHL9109 - Recessed ceiling lights• Chrome finish• 3x 20W lamps, supplied with

60W transformer, 300mmØ

KHL9088 - Angled bracket forsloping ceilings• Fits to highline tube cap which is

supplied with tube

KHL9044 - Carcase fixing bracket• 192x160x24mm, chrome• Distance from carcase to centre

of column 130mm, 128mm hole centres

Page 199: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.28

Order online at .pws.co.uk

KLMPRC - Multi-purpose rack• Chrome finish• 455x185x150mm

KL2TWRC - 2 tier spice rack • Chrome finish• 350x90x275mm

Linero midway railThe Linero midway rail system maximises the use of space oftenwasted below wall units.

• Rails can be cut down or joined as required• Accessories can be added to the rail system separately• Tube has a 16mmø

Linero PackPack includes: • Linero tube 1200mm, chrome• 2 end caps, chrome• 1 rail connector• 10 hooks, chrome• 3 fixing brackets, chrome

linero midway rail system

new

KLQHC - Utensil holder• Chrome finish• 140x165x365mm

KLPTHC - Paper towel holder• Chrome finish• 325x155x390mm

KLCBHC - Cookery book holder• Chrome finish• 450x50x360mm

order code LINERORP

Page 200: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.29

Order online at .pws.co.uk

miscellaneousKesseböhmer accessories

Mixer liftA versatile system to support electric mixers or other kitchen appliances on asurface which remains horizontal at all times.

• Maximum load capacity 12kg • Useable height: 290mm • Installation width adjustable from 410-570mm• Timber top not supplied

Linero towel rail• Supplied with the necessary fixing brackets and end caps • Two popular finishes; chrome or stainless steel• Dimensions: 450mm x 16mmø

Spice rack• 4 tier storage in heavy gauge chrome• Suitable for 300 or 500mm units• KSR30C screw-fixes to the back of the door at 191mm centres• KSR50C screw-fixes to the back of the door at 426mm centres• Finish: chrome

order code descriptionKMLW Mixer lift

order code descriptionKDRLH Display rail, left hand, pack of 10

KDRRH Display rail, right hand, pack of 10

order code description dimensionsKSR30C Spice rack, 300mm 202x66x425mmKSR50C Spice rack, 500mm 436x66x395mm

order code descriptionKLTRSS Linero towel rail, stainless steel

Display rails• An excellent solution for effective display of door or worktop samples

in your showroom • Chrome finished rails are supplied in packs of 10 with left and right

hand versions

max

. 505

465mm

A

A = internal carcase width, 410-570mm

Page 201: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.30

Order online at .pws.co.uk

breakfast bars & pull-out tables

Breakfast bar lifting system• An adjustable table mechanism which creates efficient working

space • A lever easily adjusts the height of the table top to suit the job in

hand • The system is based on a stylish round column in a silver finish

which is designed for a worktop weight of between 18-25kg• The table column can be fitted as an extension to the worktop or

as a stand-alone table• Maximum load capacity 30kg• Height adjustment 665-1100mm + worktop thickness• Extension adjustment is from 875mm-1175mm from wall to mid

column • Supplied complete with all the necessary fittings required to

assemble the column

Pull-out table• Offers extra working space or an eating area • Sleek runner system and stylish grey speckled surface with PVC

edges • When the drawer unit is opened the table sections sit flush,

providing a streamlined surface • The table extends to 810mm• Minimum cabinet width 450-900mm• Minimum cabinet depth 500mm• Maximum load capacity 30kg• System components; table mechanism and table top (600mm wide)

are supplied separately. This allows the option to use othermaterials for the surface and to use at various widths. Maximum surface thickness: 19mm

order code descriptionKBBLS Breakfast bar lifting system, silver

order code descriptionKTFTM Mechanism for pull-out tableTTFTM Table top, 600mm unit, grey speckled

Notes:

• When an existing 600mm deep worktop is fitted to the wall, the

worktop on the table mechanism can be a maximum 1100mm

deep x 800mm width

• When used as a stand-alone table maximum depth: 1100mm x

900mm width

• Table tops not supplied. For bespoke table tops please contact our

Worksurfaces team direct (refer to the contact details at the front of

the directory)

Page 202: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Aluminium angled glue-fix table bar supports(glass available)

4.31

Order online at .pws.co.uk

breakfast bars & stool

Tableline bar supports• Designer table bar supports with chrome and aluminium finishes• Straight or angled versions available with options to screw-fix to a

timber or laminate worktop or glue fix to a glass surface• The bottom fixing of the leg is screw-fix, 50mm diameter, 200mm high• Legs should be at a maximum 600mm intervals• Maximum load capacity 15kg per leg• Angled tube has a 20º tilt• Overhang from the centre of the support to the edge of the upper

worktop should be a maximum 200mm

Tableline glass shelves• Glass shelves suitable for use with tableline system• For use with the glue fix tableline bar supports only and tableline

adhesive • Made from 12mm toughened glass in a clear finish • 50mm radiused corners and polished edges

Tableline adhesive• An adhesive specifically designed for bonding tableline bar supports

to tableline glass shelves • Cures rapidly to give a clear bond when exposed to UV-light• For full details on this adhesive and its application please refer to

page 8.08

Chrome and beech stool• Made from ply-beech with steel tubular legs in a bright chrome finish • Supplied in component form; frame, seat and connector• Overall dimensions: 780mm height x 400mm x 400mm• Seat height is 660mm

Angled chrome glue fix tableline bar supports Straight chrome screw fix table bar supports

order code description

SD32 Stool, beech and chrome

order code descriptionKBSSSFC Tableline bar support, straight, screw-fixKBSASFC Tableline bar support, angled, screw-fixKBSSGFC Tableline bar support, straight, glue-fixKBSAGFC Tableline bar support, angled, glue-fixTCG1500 Glass shelf, 1500 x 300mm, clearTCG2000 Glass shelf, 2000 x 300mm, clearTLGLUE50 Tableline bar support adhesive

Page 203: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.32

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Sink unit pull-out

• Two tier pull-out supplied with runners • Can be fitted to the left or right hand side, however it is not

recommended to be fitted on the hinged side• Suitable for use in base units 300mm wide and over

Cleaning material basket, single tier• Suitable for use in base units 400mm wide and over• To be mounted on to the back of a cabinet door

Cleaning material basket, two tier• Suitable for use in base units 400mm wide and over• To be mounted on to the back of a cabinet door

under sink accessories

Cleaning utensil baskets• The perfect solution for keeping cleaning accessories in one neat

and tidy place • Each unit features removeable baskets for practicality• Each unit features soft stop • Both items feature a chrome finish• Each unit is supplied with the following;

KCUP161C - 1x system base, 1x portable basket with handle, 4x dividers. Dimensions: 161mm x 495mm x 395mmKCUP274C - 1x system base, 1x portable bracket with handle, 1x portable bracket without handle, 1x swivel basket, 8x dividers.Dimensions: 285mm x 495mm x 507mm

Lockable utensil

• Lockable slide-out basket to keep cleaning utensils safe• Supplied complete with runners• Can be used left or right hand• Includes 2 keys• Not recommended to be fitted on the hinged side

order code descriptionKCUP161C Cleaning utensil pull-out, 161mm wide + width of hinges, chromeKCUP274C Cleaning utensil pull-out, 285mm wide + width of hinges, chrome

order code description dimensions finishKCUPC Cleaning utensil 202x432x440mm chrome

pull-out, lockable

order code description dimensions finishKSUPC Sink unit pull-out 217x470x420mm chromeKCUBC Single tier basket 295x100x110 chromeKCUB2C 2 tier basket 323x102x380mm chrome

Cleaning utensil basket(KCUP161C)

Cleaning material basket, two tier (KCUB2C)

Cleaning material basket, single tier (KCUBC)

Sink unit pull-out (KSUPC)

Cleaning utensil basket(KCUP274C)

Page 204: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.20

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Pull-out wire drawersBased on the same design as the drawers above but featuring:• Heavier chrome work• Integrated soft stop• Full extension, self-closing runner fitted as standard• Minimum internal depth - 49 5mm• Minimum internal width - 462-468mm for 500mm, 562-568mm for

600mm• Basket dimensions:

500mm with bracket - 445mm x 503mm x 140mm600mm with bracket - 545mm x 503mm x 140mm500mm standard - 445mm x 500mm x 127mm600mm standard - 545mm x 500mm x 127mm

• Maximum load capacity 20kg per basket• Sold in singles

1x Pan drawer with front bracket1x Pan drawer

Pull-out wire drawersThree-sided chrome basket suitable for use with 500mm and 600mm units.Ideal for storing foodstuffs or alternatively use as pull-out pan drawers.

• Model KPD600BC/KPD500BC attaches to the drawer or door front with adjustable brackets, KPD600C/KPD500C can be used with a hingeddoor

• Front bracket and runners supplied• Minimum internal depth - 495mm• Minimum internal width - 462-468mm for 500mm, 562-568mm for

600mm • Basket dimensions:

500mm with bracket - 445mm x 480mm x 140mm600mm with bracket - 545mm x 480mm x 140mm500mm standard - 445mm x 476mm x 120mm600mm standard - 545mm x 476mm x 120mm

• Maximum load capacity 20kg per basket • Sold in singles

1x Pan drawer with front bracket1x Pan drawer

base unit storage- pull-out drawers

order code description frame basketKPD500BC Pan drawer c/w runners & front bracket, 500mm chrome chromeKPD500C Pan drawer c/w runners, 500mm chrome chromeKPD600BC Pan drawer c/w runners & front bracket, 600mm chrome chromeKPD600C Pan drawer c/w runners, 600mm chrome chrome

order code description finishKPD500FEC Pan drawer with full extension runners, 500mm chromeKPD600FEC Pan drawer with full extension runners, 600mm chromeKPD500BFEC Pan drawer with full extension runners & front brackets,

500mm chromeKPD600BFEC Pan drawer with full extension runners & front brackets,

600mm chrome

Page 205: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.21

Order online at .pws.co.uk

base unit storage - pull-outs

wine racks

Wine rack• High quality wine rack for base or wall unit situations• Chrome finish• Manufactured from heavy gauge wire and holds 12 or 15 standard

bottles• Screw-fixes to carcase (screws not supplied)

Wine rack• Extra large designer wine racks in chrome effect • 5 or 10 bottle capacity, additional racks can be combined for further

storage • Dimensions:

1000mm wide - 995mm x 180mm (requires a 1000mm wide aperture)500mm wide - 495mm x 180mm (requires a 500mm wide aperture)

Pull-out basket• Suitable for 500mm and 600mm units• Supplied with spaced roller runners to clear door hinges and a door reject

clip to prevent damage to the door• Maximum load capacity - 15kg per basket • Suitable for 15/16mm carcase material only• Minimum internal depth of 510mm• Basket dimensions: 500mm unit - 445mm x 500mm x 100mm

600mm unit - 545mm x 500mm x 100mm

order code description frame basketKPBAS500S Pull-out basket c/w runners 500mm silver silverKPBAS600S Pull-out basket c/w runners 600mm silver silver

order code description finishKWRH500C Wine rack, horizontal, 500mm wide chrome effectKWRH1000C Wine rack, horizontal, 1000mm wide chrome effect

order code descriptionKWR150C Wine rack, 5 tier, 200x109x616mmKWR4TC Wine rack, 4 tier, 260x185x490mmKWR5TC Wine rack, 5 tier, 260x185x624mm

Page 206: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.22

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Important note: Special

sized carcases are

required for wall and

dresser turnmotions.

Standard carcases are

not suitable.

Dresser turnmotion tops

• Available in beech timber and Nero Africa granite• Beech timber top is available in two options:

- 27mm to suit 27-30mm worktops- 40mm to suit 40mm worktops

• Supplied as 27mm chopping board and 27/40mm skirt• Granite available in 40mm option

(20mm chopping board, 40mm skirt)

Granite - NeroAfrica, shaped as

per timber top.

Timber top(Beech 40mm)

Wall turnmotion

Dresser turnmotion

Wall and dresser turnmotionsA rotating storage system, maximising dead space in corner cupboards.The door forms part of the system and when pushed in rotates with thecarousel 360º, providing easier access. Base unit turnmotions are featuredon page 4.13.

• Features a frame mechanism • Anti-slip grey speckled mfc shelves and chrome wire galleries • A choice of curved door fronts:

- aluminium ribbed door featuring silver wirework- stainless steel door with 3 vertical line design, featuring chrome wirework

• When using the curved door fascia a turnmotion worktop is required (seebelow)

order code descriptionKWTM720SS Wall turnmotion, 720mm, stainless steelKWTM900SS Wall turnmotion, 900mm, stainless steelKDTM1210SS Dresser turnmotion, 1210m, stainless steelKWTM720RAL Wall turnmotion, 720mm, ribbed aluminiumKWTM900RAL Wall turnmotion, 900mm, ribbed aluminiumKDTM1210RAL Dresser turnmotion, 1210mm, ribbed aluminium

order code internal height overall height fascia height carcase thicknessKWTM720 720mm 822mm 51mm 18mmKWTM900 900mm 1002mm 51mm 18mmKDTM1210 1159mm 1261mm 51mm 18mm

order code description thickness finishKDTMPB27 Timber top for dresser turnmotion 27mm beechKDTMPB40 Timber top for dresser turnmotion 40mm beechKDTMGRAF40 Granite dresser turnmotion top 40mm Nero Africa

90mm

wall unit storage - turnmotion

Page 207: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.23

Order online at .pws.co.uk

wall unit storage

150mm wall unit pull-out• A useful storage accessory for small cupboard spaces• Full extension runners • Soft stop • Maximum load capacity - 12kg• Minimum internal height: 470mm • Minimum internal depth: 270mm• Minimum internal width: 112mm• A door size of 715x147mm, suitable for use with the 150mm unit pull-out

is available in selected Second Nature door ranges. Please refer to theindividual door specifications in the price list

• Can be used as a base pull-out if in a shallow carcase

Wall tandem pull-out• Handy storage system for smaller items• When the cupboard door is opened the rear shelves are brought

forward via the clip-on follower mechanism• Features anti-slip grey shelves and highly polished wire chrome

galleries• Minimum inside carcase width - 262mm• Minimum inside carcase depth - 280mm• Minimum inside carcase height - 684mm• Backboard is not supplied• The bottom hinge must be fitted 150mm from the base of the door

Twister• A 360º rotating circular unit designed for use in wall units• Features anti-slip grey shelves and highly polished wire chrome

galleries• Shelves are 450mmø and can be positioned at different heights along

the axle• The eccentric axle maximises the space available and is height

adjustable• Maximum load capacity 8kg per shelf

order code description finishKWP150C Wall pull-out, 150mm wide chrome

order code description finishKTWCU720C Twister, 720mm wide chrome

order code description finishKTPW300C Tandem wall pull-out, 300mm chrome

During 2008 this product was updated with the following enhancements:• Smoother pull-out due to improved runner• Slide runner has 10% better lateral stability• Unchanged drilling positions on frontal• Different drilling positions when attaching slide runner to cabinet side• Unchanged overall cabinet dimensions

Page 208: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.24

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Concealed attachment tothe front panel. Frontpanel adjustment forperfect height, tilt andsideways position.min.335mm

min.255mm

800/1000mm widthsavailable.

Dampening opening action.

wall unit storage - soft lift

Soft liftMake it easy to access cabinets by integrating the soft lift system. Thisclever mechanism opens a top lift door smoothly and with ease. Simple toinstall with the front panel adjustment ensuring a perfect fit.

Designed for use with:

• Door fascia widths of 800mm and 1000mm• Door fascia weights up to a maximum of 15kg• Door fascia height from 400-720mm• When using an 18mm door the minimum clearance required

between the carcase and ceiling is 240mm

Note: When ordering care should be taken regarding the weight of the

door being used and consideration should be taken when using this

product next to larders, as the door has a wide opening angle which

can clash with cornice sections.

order code description door order codeKSUS800GD Soft lift swing up system, 800mm door width, 8-9kgs GFD718

KSUS1000GD Soft lift swing up system, 1000mm door width, 11.5-13kgs GFD710

KSUS800SSD Soft lift swing up system, 800mm door width, 11.5-13kgs SS718

KSUS1000SSD Soft lift swing up system, 1000mm door width, 13.5-14.5kgs SS710

Page 209: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.25

Order online at .pws.co.uk

wall unit storage - gas lifting hinge

Gas lifting hingeA compact stylish hinge system designed for use with folding doors.When fitted, this system allows doors to glide smoothly open and shut ata steady pressure, whilst offering maximum access to the cupboardspace.

• The mechansim is easy to install supplied with product fittinginstructions. No requirement for unsightly sidetracks to be fitted

• Contemporary stainless steel effect finish• Designed for use with 2x 355mm (high) doors on a 720mm unit. The

shelf should be set back a minimum of 25mm from the front of thecarcase. Cabinet doors should have a minimum 45mm wide frame ora solid back

• Suitable for use with the WFA wide framed aluminium doors featuredin section 1 (shown in the picture bottom right)

Shown above with the Gullwing Oak door. Further details on this door can be

found in section 1.

Shown above with the GFD range of glazed doors. Further details on this

range can be found in section 1.

Note: This system is not compatible with the AF stainless steel effect

framed door or the SAF satin finished aluminium framed doors featured

in section 1.

order code descriptionKGLS600 Gas lifting system for folding doors, 600mmKGLS800 Gas lifting system for folding doors, 800mmKGLS1000 Gas lifting system for folding doors, 1000mmKGLS1200 Gas lifting system for folding doors, 1200mm

Page 210: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.26

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Highline storage system

• Attractive space-saving system for kitchens, living rooms or receptionareas, based on a sturdy 50mm diameter tube

• A full range of trays and accessories are available to add to the basic structure, shown on opposite page

• Chrome finish• The tubes are supplied with caps which screw fix to the ceiling (fittings

also supplied), plus a covering to fit to the floor which can be screwfixed or stuck down with an adhesive pad (also supplied). Glue fixing isideal for floors with tiles or heating

• Can be fitted to a wall or carcase with a suitable fixing bracket• Tubes can be cut to the required size on site• End cover cap is available for use with the highline pole when it is not

fully fixed to a ceiling

Fixed to wall using aKHL9100 or KHL9043

Between a worktop and asloping ceiling with KHL9088ceiling adaptor

Between a worktop and acanopy

Fixed to a cabinet usingKHL9044

highline storage system

order code descriptionKHL9041 Highline tube, 1825mm, chrome

See over page for highline accessories

Page 211: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.27

Order online at .pws.co.uk

highline storage system

KHLTC - End cover cap• Chrome finish

KHL9098 - Swinging basket• Chrome finish• Height: 190mm, Ø315mm

KHL9047 - Swinging arm • Chrome finish• Height: 50mm, Length: 360mm, • Ø16mm tube

KHL9058 - Glass holder• Chrome finish • Height: 50mm, Ø300mm

KHL9055 - Swivel shelf• Chrome finish• 355x420x50mm

KHL9062 - Glass shelf• Chrome finish • Height: 100mm, Ø364mm

KHL9043 - Wall fixing bracket• 270x312x24mm, chrome• Distance from wall to centre of

column 282mm, 250mm hole centres

KHL9100 - Wall fixing bracket• 320x455x24mm, chrome• Distance from wall to centre of

column 425mm, 300mm hole centres

KHL9109 - Recessed ceiling lights• Chrome finish• 3x 20W lamps, supplied with

60W transformer, 300mmØ

KHL9088 - Angled bracket forsloping ceilings• Fits to highline tube cap which is

supplied with tube

KHL9044 - Carcase fixing bracket• 192x160x24mm, chrome• Distance from carcase to centre

of column 130mm, 128mm hole centres

Page 212: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.28

Order online at .pws.co.uk

KLMPRC - Multi-purpose rack• Chrome finish• 455x185x150mm

KL2TWRC - 2 tier spice rack • Chrome finish• 350x90x275mm

Linero midway railThe Linero midway rail system maximises the use of space oftenwasted below wall units.

• Rails can be cut down or joined as required• Accessories can be added to the rail system separately• Tube has a 16mmø

Linero PackPack includes: • Linero tube 1200mm, chrome• 2 end caps, chrome• 1 rail connector• 10 hooks, chrome• 3 fixing brackets, chrome

linero midway rail system

new

KLQHC - Utensil holder• Chrome finish• 140x165x365mm

KLPTHC - Paper towel holder• Chrome finish• 325x155x390mm

KLCBHC - Cookery book holder• Chrome finish• 450x50x360mm

order code LINERORP

Page 213: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.29

Order online at .pws.co.uk

miscellaneousKesseböhmer accessories

Mixer liftA versatile system to support electric mixers or other kitchen appliances on asurface which remains horizontal at all times.

• Maximum load capacity 12kg • Useable height: 290mm • Installation width adjustable from 410-570mm• Timber top not supplied

Linero towel rail• Supplied with the necessary fixing brackets and end caps • Two popular finishes; chrome or stainless steel• Dimensions: 450mm x 16mmø

Spice rack• 4 tier storage in heavy gauge chrome• Suitable for 300 or 500mm units• KSR30C screw-fixes to the back of the door at 191mm centres• KSR50C screw-fixes to the back of the door at 426mm centres• Finish: chrome

order code descriptionKMLW Mixer lift

order code descriptionKDRLH Display rail, left hand, pack of 10

KDRRH Display rail, right hand, pack of 10

order code description dimensionsKSR30C Spice rack, 300mm 202x66x425mmKSR50C Spice rack, 500mm 436x66x395mm

order code descriptionKLTRSS Linero towel rail, stainless steel

Display rails• An excellent solution for effective display of door or worktop samples

in your showroom • Chrome finished rails are supplied in packs of 10 with left and right

hand versions

max

. 505

465mm

A

A = internal carcase width, 410-570mm

Page 214: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.30

Order online at .pws.co.uk

breakfast bars & pull-out tables

Breakfast bar lifting system• An adjustable table mechanism which creates efficient working

space • A lever easily adjusts the height of the table top to suit the job in

hand • The system is based on a stylish round column in a silver finish

which is designed for a worktop weight of between 18-25kg• The table column can be fitted as an extension to the worktop or

as a stand-alone table• Maximum load capacity 30kg• Height adjustment 665-1100mm + worktop thickness• Extension adjustment is from 875mm-1175mm from wall to mid

column • Supplied complete with all the necessary fittings required to

assemble the column

Pull-out table• Offers extra working space or an eating area • Sleek runner system and stylish grey speckled surface with PVC

edges • When the drawer unit is opened the table sections sit flush,

providing a streamlined surface • The table extends to 810mm• Minimum cabinet width 450-900mm• Minimum cabinet depth 500mm• Maximum load capacity 30kg• System components; table mechanism and table top (600mm wide)

are supplied separately. This allows the option to use othermaterials for the surface and to use at various widths. Maximum surface thickness: 19mm

order code descriptionKBBLS Breakfast bar lifting system, silver

order code descriptionKTFTM Mechanism for pull-out tableTTFTM Table top, 600mm unit, grey speckled

Notes:

• When an existing 600mm deep worktop is fitted to the wall, the

worktop on the table mechanism can be a maximum 1100mm

deep x 800mm width

• When used as a stand-alone table maximum depth: 1100mm x

900mm width

• Table tops not supplied. For bespoke table tops please contact our

Worksurfaces team direct (refer to the contact details at the front of

the directory)

Page 215: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Aluminium angled glue-fix table bar supports(glass available)

4.31

Order online at .pws.co.uk

breakfast bars & stool

Tableline bar supports• Designer table bar supports with chrome and aluminium finishes• Straight or angled versions available with options to screw-fix to a

timber or laminate worktop or glue fix to a glass surface• The bottom fixing of the leg is screw-fix, 50mm diameter, 200mm high• Legs should be at a maximum 600mm intervals• Maximum load capacity 15kg per leg• Angled tube has a 20º tilt• Overhang from the centre of the support to the edge of the upper

worktop should be a maximum 200mm

Tableline glass shelves• Glass shelves suitable for use with tableline system• For use with the glue fix tableline bar supports only and tableline

adhesive • Made from 12mm toughened glass in a clear finish • 50mm radiused corners and polished edges

Tableline adhesive• An adhesive specifically designed for bonding tableline bar supports

to tableline glass shelves • Cures rapidly to give a clear bond when exposed to UV-light• For full details on this adhesive and its application please refer to

page 8.08

Chrome and beech stool• Made from ply-beech with steel tubular legs in a bright chrome finish • Supplied in component form; frame, seat and connector• Overall dimensions: 780mm height x 400mm x 400mm• Seat height is 660mm

Angled chrome glue fix tableline bar supports Straight chrome screw fix table bar supports

order code description

SD32 Stool, beech and chrome

order code descriptionKBSSSFC Tableline bar support, straight, screw-fixKBSASFC Tableline bar support, angled, screw-fixKBSSGFC Tableline bar support, straight, glue-fixKBSAGFC Tableline bar support, angled, glue-fixTCG1500 Glass shelf, 1500 x 300mm, clearTCG2000 Glass shelf, 2000 x 300mm, clearTLGLUE50 Tableline bar support adhesive

Page 216: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.32

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Sink unit pull-out

• Two tier pull-out supplied with runners • Can be fitted to the left or right hand side, however it is not

recommended to be fitted on the hinged side• Suitable for use in base units 300mm wide and over

Cleaning material basket, single tier• Suitable for use in base units 400mm wide and over• To be mounted on to the back of a cabinet door

Cleaning material basket, two tier• Suitable for use in base units 400mm wide and over• To be mounted on to the back of a cabinet door

under sink accessories

Cleaning utensil baskets• The perfect solution for keeping cleaning accessories in one neat

and tidy place • Each unit features removeable baskets for practicality• Each unit features soft stop • Both items feature a chrome finish• Each unit is supplied with the following;

KCUP161C - 1x system base, 1x portable basket with handle, 4x dividers. Dimensions: 161mm x 495mm x 395mmKCUP274C - 1x system base, 1x portable bracket with handle, 1x portable bracket without handle, 1x swivel basket, 8x dividers.Dimensions: 285mm x 495mm x 507mm

Lockable utensil

• Lockable slide-out basket to keep cleaning utensils safe• Supplied complete with runners• Can be used left or right hand• Includes 2 keys• Not recommended to be fitted on the hinged side

order code descriptionKCUP161C Cleaning utensil pull-out, 161mm wide + width of hinges, chromeKCUP274C Cleaning utensil pull-out, 285mm wide + width of hinges, chrome

order code description dimensions finishKCUPC Cleaning utensil 202x432x440mm chrome

pull-out, lockable

order code description dimensions finishKSUPC Sink unit pull-out 217x470x420mm chromeKCUBC Single tier basket 295x100x110 chromeKCUB2C 2 tier basket 323x102x380mm chrome

Cleaning utensil basket(KCUP161C)

Cleaning material basket, two tier (KCUB2C)

Cleaning material basket, single tier (KCUBC)

Sink unit pull-out (KSUPC)

Cleaning utensil basket(KCUP274C)

Page 217: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.33

Order online at .pws.co.uk

miscellaneous accessories

Glass splashbacks• Stylish glass splashback, the ideal focal point in any contemporary

kitchen • 6mm thick toughened glass offering a strong and durable surface• Easy wipe clean• Back of glass painted in white or black • Available in 600 and 1000mm widths

Plinth heater• Compact, unobtrusive heating for the kitchen• Fits neatly into the plinth board below a kitchen base unit• 2kw• Size: 500 x 100 x 260mm• Size of cut-out for installation: 460 x 75 x 500mm• Finish: stainless steel

order code descriptionSBG600WH Splashback, 600x750x6mm, glass, whiteSBG600BK Splashback, 600x750x6mm, glass, blackSBG1000WH Splashback, 1000x750x6mm, glass, whiteSBG1000BK Splashback, 1000x750x6mm, glass, black

Stainless steel splashbacksDurable, waterproof and easy to clean, stainless steel is a surface thatcombines practicality with aesthetics. The ideal material for a splashback,to keep cooking spills at bay and provide a hygienic working area.

• Made from 18/10 stainless steel and bonded to a moisture resistantmdf core

• Available in two widths of 600mm and 1000mm • Can be installed with an adhesive but consideration must be given to

the environment/weight as to the type of adhesive used

order code descriptionSSSB600 Splashback, 600x750x8mm, stainless steelSSSB1000 Splashback, 1000x750x8mm, stainless steel

order code descriptionPH200 Plinth heater, 2kw, stainless steel

Airflow

500mm

Warning: Must be fitted by a qualified electrician

Page 218: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

4.34

Order online at .pws.co.uk

miscellaneous accessories

Automatic pop-up ironing board• Rises automatically when pulled out from behind a 140mm high

drawer front. Fold the top flat and the board is ready to use• Manufactured from epoxy coated steel• A patented mechanism ensures that when in use the worksurface is

exceptionally stable• Fits into a 400, 450 or 500mm carcase width with a minimum 100mm

high, 505mm deep aperture• Approximate working area of 940 x 320mm• The surface has a replaceable heat reflective cover • Worktop overhang must be: 25-40mm• Finish: almond RAL9001

Towel rail • A high quality two or three arm aluminium towel rail with roller glide action• Flexible design to enable vertical or horizontal mounting

order code descriptionPI60AL Ironing boardPIC Spare cover

order code description finishRTR2CH Two arm, 440x95x27mm chrome effectRTR2SI Two arm, 439x94x38mm silverRTR3SI Three arm, 439x150x38mm silver

order code description dimensions finishN1318 Square end grain chopping board 450mmx450mmx50mm beechN1315 Round end grain chopping board 400mmøx50mm beechDSSS Door stop 37mmøx45mm high stainless steelKPSC Pan stand 520mmx265mm chromeKTRHC Towel roll holder - chrome

DSSSStainless steel door stop

N1315 Chopping board• Solid beech • Round

N1318 Chopping board• Solid beech • Square

KPSC Pan stand • Made from heavy gauge wire• Chrome plated

KTRHC Towel roll holder • Made from heavy gauge wire• Chrome plated

Chrome effect towel rail, 2 arm Silver towel rail, 3 arm

Page 219: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.35 EVOline® port sockets

EVOline Port DATA(chrome version shown)

EVOline Port, 3 sockets(chrome version shown)

EVOline® port sockets• EVOline® brings power to difficult situations, providing access to power for appliances, lighting, laptop connections* or

telephones*. Ideal for kitchen island units • Socket strip is simply drawn out of the worksurface when required. When not in use it is neatly concealed under the surface • No need to channel into walls for wiring, reducing the amount of sockets on view • EVOline® ports can also be installed in bedrooms, offices, conference/meeting areas, boardrooms and hotels * Only on certain models

The port can be mounted in different ways into a 102mmø hole in a surface of maximum 50mm thickness:• In a worksurface where the port is raised vertically• In the base of a wall cabinet, the port would be pulled downwards for access• In a vertical panel, the port is pulled out horizontally for access

EVOline® Port• 2 and 3 socket options in a choice of silver, stainless steel or chrome finishes • Supplied with 2m cable for the 2 socket (20A) option and 2.5m cable for 3 socket (13A) option • Suitable for worksurfaces with a maximum 50mm thickness• PC2SI/SS/CH - 262mm long. Stands 186mm from worktop• PC3SI/SS/CH - 337mm long. Stands 261mm from worktop

order code descriptionPC2SI EVOline® Port, 2 sockets, silver (20AMP)PC2SS EVOline® Port, 2 sockets, stainless steel effect (20AMP)PC2CH EVOline® Port, 2 sockets, chrome (20AMP)PC3SI EVOline® Port, 3 sockets, silver (13AMP)PC3SS EVOline® Port, 3 sockets, stainless steel effect (13AMP)PC3CH EVOline® Port, 3 sockets, chrome (13 amp)

order code descriptionPCD3SI EVOline® Port DATA, 3 sockets, 2 network connections, silver, (13A)PCD3SS EVOline® Port DATA, 3 sockets, 2 network connections, stainless steel effect, (13A)PCD3CH EVOline® Port DATA, 3 sockets, 2 network connections, chrome (13A)

EVOline® Port DATA• Featuring 3 sockets and 2 RJ45 Cat.5e network connections• Supplied with 3m cable from a 13A fused plug• Suitable for worksurfaces with a maximum 50mm thickness• 372mm long. Stands 296mm from worktop

Warning: must be

fitted by a qualified

electrician

Page 220: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.36miscellaneous accessories

EVOline® V-dock

The EVOline® V-Dock offers access to power for everyday domestic appliances.Attractive design, no visible mounting screws

• 2 options; VD3SIW has a cable and plug, VD3SIU allows the dock to be wired intothe ring main

• Attractive design, no visible mounting screws• Reduces installation time & costs as no need to chase walls for wires • Silver anodised aluminium profile with black end caps and socket fascia• Can be fitted under wall units, vertically in a corner or horizontally at the rear of the

worksurface• Can be fitted with mounting plate and screw set using tee slot or through end cap

screw positions

Hole sawA hole saw to assist installation of EVOline port sockets.

Warning: must be

fitted by a qualified

electrician

order code descriptionHSAW102 Hole saw, 102mm diameter

order code description finishVD3SIW V-dock electrical socket, 3 plugs 13amp,

supplied with cable & plug silverVD3SIU V-dock electrical socket, 3 plugs (connect to mains) silver

Swivel towel extension• Ideal for hand towels • Utilise space within narrow gaps • A handy cover is also supplied in a chrome effect finish to

hide all the fixings

order code description finishKBL5062 2 tier pull-out towel rail with cover chrome

order code description finishKBLBCH Laundry basket inc. fixing strip, 337x260x420mm, chrome

for 400mm unitKBL4056 Laundry basket inc. fixing strip, 237x260x420mm, chrome

for 300mm unit

D = 104mm, H = 39mm, W = 260mm, A = 43mm, Overall length: 325mm

Hidden laundry basket• An excellent solution to store dirty laundry• Available in 2 sizes, suitable for use with base hinged doors• Attaches to the cabinet door by placing the top rail of the laundry basket over the

fixing strip (supplied)• The basket can easily be removed using the shaped handles within the basket• A flap stay hinge can be used to attach the cabinet door to the carcase (not

supplied)• Suitable for use with the universal flap stay (FSU), featured in section 6. (If using a

piano hinge to fix the door to the carcase a magnetic catch or similar should be used)

Page 221: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.37 skyline floating shelving system

SkylineA range of 25mm diameter steel tubes and shelving which is fitted by suspendingsteel tubes vertically from the ceiling, then securing shelving onto the tubes. Anexcellent way to gain additional storage space, especially if 2 or more shelves arefitted.

• One fitting set needs to be ordered with each tube• The ceiling fixings supplied with skyline are only suitable for use with concrete

ceilings. The dowel supplied in the kit is suitable for this use

Skyline glass shelves

• Glass shelves supplied separately • Made from 6mm toughened glass• Available in a clear or frosted finish with polished edges• Supplied drilled with 4 holes for the skyline tubes• Dimensions: 1000 x 400mm

KSLSFS - fitting set for additional shelves2 or more shelves can be fitted KSLFS - fitting set for ceiling mounting

Skyline canopy post withheight adjustment

Installation of bottom shelf Installation of top shelf

order code description finishKSLT1000C Steel tube, 1000mm, 25mmø chrome KSLFSC Ceiling fixing set for one steel tube chromeKSLSFSC Additional shelf fixing set for one steel tube chromeSCG1000 Glass shelf, 1000 x 400mm clear

SFG1000 Glass shelf, 1000 x 400mm frosted

Page 222: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

new

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.38shelving system

Chrome wire shelvingStriking chrome shelving creates a streamlined and stylish look • Suitable as open shelving1, utilised under sink or hob units, or to sit perfectly behind glass

frontals• Load capacity - 50kg per shelf• Supplied with plastic supports which can be reversed to suit 15mm or 18mm applications

Timber and glass shelf supports

• Stylish shelf supports available in chrome or nickel• Suitable for use in kitchens or bathrooms• Two sizes are available, each taking a minimum thickness shelf of 3mm• Brackets have a 4mm tolerance horizontally, 4mm/8mm vertically on the

small/large brackets respectively • Shelf support consists of 2 parts; a top and bottom, which are attached to

a backplate; pre-drilled into an 8mm hole• Supplied in pairs

order code description carcase widthKWS500X260 Wire shelf, 457x260mm, chrome 500mmKWS600X260 Wire shelf, 557x260mm, chrome 600mmKWS800X260 Wire shelf, 757x260mm, chrome 800mmKWS1000X260 Wire shelf, 957x260mm, chrome 1000mmKWS500X490 Wire shelf, 457x490mm, chrome 500mmKWS600X490 Wire shelf, 557x490mm, chrome 600mmKWS800X490 Wire shelf, 757x490mm, chrome 800mmKWS900X490 Wire shelf, 857x490mm, chrome 900mmKWS1000X490 Wire shelf, 957x490mm, chrome 1000mm

1 Note: Open shelving - aperture should be the same as the internal width of a carcase.

order code description max. shelf max. shelf max. loadthickness dimensions capacity

CGSSSC Small shelf support, chrome 10mm 600x160mm 10kgCGSSSN Small shelf support, nickel 10mm 600x160mm 10kgCGSSLC Large shelf support, chrome 30mm 800x210mm 18kgCGSSLN Large shelf support, nickel 30mm 800x210mm 18kg

Page 223: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.39 shelving system

Adjustable shelf supports• Designer supports sure to liven up any shelving• Suitable for use with glass or timber shelves• Maximum load capacity 40kg per shelf• Packed in singles• Max distance between 2 brackets - 400mm• Max shelf depth - 350mm Straight arm design Triangular design

‘D’ design

Adjustable shelf supports• Stylish shelf supports in matt nickel or chrome finishes • Suitable for use with either timber or glass shelves• Can be used in kitchens or bathrooms• Packed in singles

CGSSLACCGSSSANI

CGSSSAC/CGSSSANI CGSSLAC/CGSSLANI CGSSXLAC/CGSSXLANI

CGSSSAC/CGSSSANISupplied complete with screw and assembling dowels.Maximum shelf weight 20kg. Maximum shelf thickness24mm - minimum shelf thickness 4mm.

CGSSXLAC/CGSSXLANISupplied complete with screw and assembling dowels.Maximum shelf weight 40kg. Maximum shelf thickness 40mm- minimum shelf thickness 4mm.

CGSSLAC/CGSSLANISupplied complete with screw and assembling dowels.Maximum shelf weight 30kg. Maximum shelf thickness26mm - minimum shelf thickness 4mm.

R=shelfthickness.See notesbelow fordetails.

R=shelfthickness.See notesbelow fordetails.

R=shelfthickness.See notesbelow fordetails.

35R

40

4038

R

70

105

100

M-6M-5

25 42 43

38

39

M-6

R

order code descriptionDGSSSM Shelf support, straight arm, metallic effectDGSSTM Shelf support, triangular, metallic effectDGSSDM Shelf support, ‘D’ design, metallic effect

order code descriptionCGSSSAC Shelf support, adjustable, chrome CGSSSANI Shelf support, adjustable, matt nickel effectCGSSLAC Shelf support, adjustable, chrome CGSSLANI Shelf support, adjustable, matt nickel effectCGSSXLAC Shelf support, adjustable, chromeCGSSXLANI Shelf support, adjustable, matt nickel effect

Note: Plastic area is clearnot black as shown

132

132

132

112 112 112

Page 224: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.40shelving system

Glass shelves• Made from 8mm toughened glass• Polished on all edges and feature a 1x1mm bevel on the top edge of

all sides

Glass shelf support• Stylish shelf support suitable for use with glass shelves above • Easily mounted onto either the wall or a panel• Available in stainless steel (supplied in pairs)• Maximum distance between shelf supports is 700mm with a load

bearing capacity up to 85kg per m2

Wall attachment. Possibility of a belated height-adjustment of 6mm

Panel attachment - suitable for panels of 16mm to 20mm thickness

16-20mm

Radiused glass shelves• Made from 8mm toughened glass with radiused (61mm) corners• Available in frosted or clear options • Polished on all sides featuring a 1x1mm bevel on the top edge of

all sides

Shown with CGSSXLAC chrome shelf support

order code description finishGSWFSS Shelf support, wall fixing, pair stainless steelGSPFSS Shelf support, panel fixing, pair stainless steel

order code description finishFG200x480 Glass shelf, 200x480x8mm frostedFG200x580 Glass shelf, 200x580x8mm frostedFG200x780 Glass shelf, 200x780x8mm frostedFG200x880 Glass shelf, 200x880x8mm frostedCG200x480 Glass shelf, 200x480x8mm clearCG200x580 Glass shelf, 200x580x8mm clearCG200x780 Glass shelf, 200x780x8mm clearCG200x880 Glass shelf, 200x880x8mm clear

order code description finishFGR160X480 Glass shelf with radiused corners, 480x160x8mm frostedFGR160X580 Glass shelf with radiused corners, 580x160x8mm frostedCGR160X480 Glass shelf with radiused corners, 480x160x8mm clearCGR160X580 Glass shelf with radiused corners, 580x160x8mm clear

Page 225: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.41 concealed shelf supports

Concealed wall shelf support• One piece design, suitable for shelf panels 22mm thick onwards• Load bearing capacity up to 85kg per m2 equally distributed• Finish: bright zinc plated

Heavy duty concealed wall shelf support• Fixes into the face of the panel and through to the wall for additional

support with 50mm screws• The support is height and tilt adjustable• Suitable for shelf panels from 28mm thick• Load bearing capacity up to 85kg per m2 equally distributed• Finish: bright zinc plated

Possibility of a belated heightadjustment up to 6mm

CSSWF120/160CSSPF120

Interior glass shelves• Made from 6mm toughened glass with all edges ground and polished• The use of glass safety shelf supports is recommended to prevent the shelf

falling out when moved or tipped, refer to section 9

order code shelf sizeboard thickness unit widthGS400/18 354 x 250 x 6mm 18mm 400mmGS500/15 460 x 250 x 6mm 15mm 500mmGS500/18 454 x 250 x 6mm 18mm 500mmGS600/18 554 x 250 x 6mm 18mm 600mmGS800/18 754 x 230 x 6mm 18mm 800mmGS900/18 858 x 230 x 6mm 18mm 900mmGS1000/18 958 x 230 x 6mm 18mm 1000mm

order code descriptionCSSWF120 Concealed shelf support, wall fixing, 12mmØ x 120mmCSSWF160 Concealed shelf support, wall fixing, 12mmØ x 160mm CSSPF120 Heavy duty concealed shelf support, face panel fixing,

12mmØx120mm, screws 5mmØx50mm

Page 226: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.42pvc edging

Raukantex cutter set• Ideal for processing single components and for flush cutting and radius processing • Particularly useful for the processing of special shapes, tight radii and reworking on site• Supplied with 2mm and 3mm draw blades

Raukantex ‘magic’ pvc edging

Raukantex cutter set

order code descriptionPET8 PVC edging, 150mx23mmx0.8mmPET2 PVC edging, 100mx23mmx2mmPVCEDGESWATCH Sample colour swatchMAGAL22 ‘Magic’ aluminium edging, 150mx22mmx1.5mmRCCS Raukantex cutter set SDB Spare draw blade for raukantex cutter setSTB Spare trimmer blade for raukantex cutter set

Raukantex PVC edging

Strong, durable PVC edging suitable for use on all types of furniture. Available in 0.8mm and 2mm thicknesses. Generally the 0.8mm edging isused for carcase edging whilst the 2mm thickness is for doors and other exposed panels. The 0.8mm and 2mm variants are surface printed.

• Higher resistance to UV fading compared to melamine edging• Strong resistance to temperature• Scratch resistant• Resistant to most solvents and chemicals• Strong resistance to damage/cracking• A more tactile quality look and feel• Wide choice of colours and finishes• All edging is matched to Second Nature doors with additional colour options. Please refer to price list for full details on colour availability. • A sample swatch is available illustrating the full colour range

Raukantex ‘magic’ PVC edging‘Magic alu’ is the latest edging development for metallic surfaces. The transparent materialhas an aluminium core creating a high quality deep metallic effect.• High heat resistance• High surface hardness• Low shrinkage• Good chemical resistance

Page 227: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.43 waste systems

Recycling bin - 30 litres• The frame and cover are made from stainless steel; they are easy to

remove and clean• 1 x 16 litre, 1 x 10 litre and 1x 4 litre capacity bins• Overall dimensions:

462-470mm width x 450mm depth x 330mm height• Fits into a 500mm cabinet

order code descriptionEKO500 EkoCombo, waste sorting system with 3 separate bins

new

Recycling bin - 36 litres• The frame and cover are made from stainless steel; they are easy to

remove and clean• 1 x 16 litre, 2 x 10 litre capacity bins• Overall dimensions:

562-570mm width x 450mm depth x 330mm height• Fits into a 600mm cabinet

order code descriptionEKO600 EkoCombo, waste sorting system with 3 separate bins

new

Recycling bin - 53 litres• The frame and cover are made from stainless steel; they are easy to

remove and clean• 2 x 16 litre, 1 x 21 litre capacity bins• Overall dimensions:

762-770mm width x 450mm depth x 330mm height• Fits into a 800mm cabinet

order code descriptionEKO800 EkoCombo, waste sorting system with 3 separate bins

new

Page 228: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.44waste systems

Recycling bins - 23 and 29 litres• Easy to clean• 913GY - 1 x 12 litre and 2 x 5.5 litre capacity bins• 908GY - 1 x 16 litre and 2 x 6.5 litre capacity bins• Overall dimensions:

913GY - 503-540mm width x 422-490mm depth x 230mm height908GY - 503-540mm width x 422-490mm depth x 250mm height(width & depth can be cut down between the sizes indicated)

• Fits into a 600mm cabinet

order code description913GY Recycling bin set for large drawers 600mm unit, 230mm height908GY Recycling bin set for large drawers 600mm unit, 250mm height

new

Recycling bins - 36 and 42 litres• Easy to clean• 942GY - 3 x 12 litre capacity bins• 940GY - 3 x 14 litre capacity bins• Overall dimensions:

942GY - 695-740mm width x 415-490mm depth x 230mm height940GY - 695-740mm width x 415-490mm depth x 250mm height(width & depth can be cut down between the sizes indicated)

• Fits into a 800mm cabinet

order code description942GY Recycling bin set for large drawers 800mm unit, 230mm height 940GY Recycling bin set for large drawers 800mm unit, 250mm height

new

Recycling bin - 36 and 42 litres• Easy to clean• 911GY - 3 x 12 litre capacity bins• 906GY - 3 x 14 litre capacity bins• Overall dimensions:

9011GY - 794-840mm width x 415-490mm depth x 230mm height906GY - 794-840mm width x 415-490mm depth x 250mm height(width & depth can be cut down between the sizes indicated)

• Fits into a 900mm cabinet

order code description911GY Recycling bin set for large drawers 900mm unit, 230mm height906GY Recycling bin set for large drawers 900mm unit, 250mm height

new

Recycling bin - 30 litres• Easy to clean• 948GY - 3 x 12 litre capacity bins• 946GY - 3 x 14 litre capacity bins• Overall dimensions:

948GY - 868-940mm width x 415-490mm depth x 230mm height946GY - 868-940mm width x 415-490mm depth x 250mm height(width & depth can be cut down between the sizes indicated)

• Fits into a 1000mm cabinet

order code description948GY Recycling bin set for large drawers 1000mm unit, 230mm height946GY Recycling bin set for large drawers 1000mm unit, 250mm height

new

Page 229: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.45 waste systems

order code description275WH Automatic waste bin, white272SS Automatic waste bin, stainless steel

Automatic waste bin - 13 litres• Available in white or stainless steel effect finish• Fitted to the door, the bin automatically moves out of the cupboard

when the door is opened• Overall dimensions: 277mmø• Fits into a minimum 400mm unit

order code description242GY Automatic pull-out double bin, light grey

Automatic double bin - 21 litres• Features 2 compartments allowing the efficient waste separation of

natural degradable waste from manmade products • Mounted on a pull-out frame • 2 bins each hold a capacity of 10.5 litres• Lid arrangement covers the waste when the door is closed and

automatically lifts off when the bins are pulled out of the unit• Overall dimensions: 440mm(d) x 365mm(h) x 267mm(w)• Fits into a minimum 400mm unit

order code description230GY Automatic pull-out double bin, light grey

A utomatic double bin - 32 litres• High capacity bin featuring 2 compartments allowing for the efficient

separation of domestic waste• 2 bins each hold a capacity of 16 litres• Lid arrangement covers the waste when the door is closed and

automatically lifts off when the bins are pulled out of the unit• Overall dimensions: 475mm(d) x 380mm(h) x 357mm(w)• Fits into a minimum 450mm unit

order code description250SSGY Auto pull-out waste bin, stainless steel/grey

Automatic pull-out double bin - 28 litres• Double bin which automatically slides out on metal guides when the

door is opened• Suitable for minimum 400mm cabinets• Can be fixed to the left or right hand• 2 bins each hold a capacity of 14 litres• Overall dimensions: 437mm(d) x 420mm(h) x 267mm(w)

Page 230: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.46waste systems

order code description280GY Pull-out waste bin, light grey281SS Pull-out waste bin, plastic, stainless steel with grey lid

Pull-out waste bin - 16 litres• Suitable for use under a sink• Operates on ball bearing guides• Available in a grey or stainless steel finish• Overall dimensions:

230mm width x 380mm depth x 360mm height• Fits into a minimum 300mm unit

order code description231-GY Automatic pull-out waste bin, grey & white

Automatic waste bin - 40 litres• 2 bins each hold a capacity of 20 litres and an optional divider• Fits to the rear of the cabinet door, automatically moves the bin forward

when opened • Overall dimensions: 357mm width x 475mm depth x 445mm height• Fits 450mm unit with 490mm minimum depth

order code description286SS Pull-out waste bin, stainless steel with grey lid

Pull-out waste bin - 20 litres• Suitable for use under a sink• System operates on ball bearing guides• Available in a grey/stainless steel finish• Overall dimensions:

230mm width x 380mm depth x 423mm height• Fits into a minimum 300mm unit

order code description226GY Pull-out waste bin, plastic, light grey with dark grey lid

Pull-out waste bin - 20 litres• Characterised by a clever system, which automatically opens the

front part of the lid providing easy access to a front compartment• The lid is equipped with a bayonet fixing enabling easy removal for

cleaning, plus the new functional design of the lid means it can beused as a shelf to store sponges, rubber gloves etc

• Overall dimensions: 255mm width x 450mm depth x 398mm height• Fits into a minimum 300mm unit

Page 231: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.47 waste systems

Shown without use of front fixing bracket555FFBCKT

order code description227GY Pull-out waste bin, plastic, light grey with dark grey lid

Pull-out waste bin - 28 litres• 2 bins each hold a capacity of 14 litres• Characterised by a clever system, which automatically opens the

front part of the lid providing easy access to the rear bin• The lid is equipped with a bayonet fixing enabling easy removal for

cleaning, plus the new functional design of the lid means it can beused as a shelf to house sponges, rubber gloves etc

• Overall dimensions: 255mm width x 450mm depth x 398mm height• Fits into a minimum 300mm unit

order code description501GY Pull-out waste bin

Pull-out waste bin - 31 litres• 1 x 16 litre and 2x 7.5 litre capacity bins• Stainless steel with dark grey lid and base • Patented automatic extraction mechanism, running on ball bearing

slides• Easy removeable lid for cleaning and has been designed as a

storage area for sponges/gloves • Overall dimensions: 343mm width x 477mm depth x 372mm height• Fits minimum 450mm cabinet, however can fit into a 400mm cabinet

when used manually

order code description551GY Pull-out waste bin555FFBCKT Front fixing bracket for 551GY and 550GY bins

Pull-out waste bin - 60 litres• 2 bins each hold a capacity of 30 litres• Light grey bins with dark grey lid and base • Manual opening as standard• Optional front fixing bracket to attach to the cabinet door to allow

automatic opening with the door• Overall dimensions: 380mm width x 493mm depth x 496mm height• Fits minimum 450mm cabinet

Page 232: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.48waste systems

NB Can be fitted below drawer lineNote: Frame is now silver

order code descriptionKBIN500GY Tilting waste bin, grey/white

Tilting waste bin - 30 litres• A sturdy plastic bin fixed onto a tilting mechanism • Fits into 500mm wide cabinet• Internal dimensions: 415mm wide x 320mm deep x 430mm height• The fitting mechanism is fixed to the back of the door at 360mm

centres. Only suitable for use with solid back doors or doors with aminimum 75mm frame

order code description201WH Under sink waste bin, white

Under-sink waste bin - 16 litres• An automatic pull-out waste bin designed to fit under the kitchen

sink• Suitable for use in units with a minimum door width of 500mm

(or behind a 450mm door in a 900 unit)• Overall dimensions: 329mm height x 353mm width x 230mm depth

Shown with use of front fixing bracket555FFBCKT

order code description550GY Pull-out waste bin555FFBCKT Front fixing bracket for 551GY and 550GY bins

Pull-out waste bin - 70 litres• 2 bins each hold a capacity of 35 litres • Light grey bins with dark grey lid and base • Manual opening as standard• Optional front fixing bracket to attach to the cabinet door to allow

automatic opening with the door• Overall dimensions: 380mm width x 493mm depth x 578mm height• Fits minimum 450mm cabinet

Page 233: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.49 waste systems

order code descriptionH406AL Waste bin, cord pull lid, plastic, Ral9001

Door mounted bin - 12 litres• Economical plastic bin fits directly onto the door requiring no

complicated fitting procedure or pivot mechanism• When the door is opened the lid is lifted by a nylon cord • Overall dimensions: width 280mm x depth 290mm x height 340mm• Fits a 400mm (minimum) wide carcase

order code descriptionEKO2-2 Ekoline 4 x 10 litre bin on 2 levels

Ekoline waste system• A waste sorting system comprising four x10 litre bins on two levels• Dimensions: 195(w)x495(d)x668(h)mm

Page 234: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.50table and worktop support legs

An attractive range of tubular steel legs in various heights to suit different applications in domestic and office environments. With the exception of theSeries 606, the leg fixes to the underside of the worktop or table using a screw-fix patented die-cast socket. Once the socket is screwed onto thesurface, the tube is locked in place by expanding the socket boss using a hexagonal key. The legs can be quickly removed for storage and transport.This gives an exceptionally strong and stable support even on the largest of tables. The Series 606 leg features a welded steel fixing plate at the topof the leg which simply screws to the underside of the worksurface. Fixing sockets, screws and allen keys are supplied where appropriate.

Series 606• Features an adjustable foot• Leg fixes to the underside of the worksurface using a welded steel plate• Can be cut down - (remove the plastic foot first)• 60mm diameter• Maximum load capacity 300kg

Series 615• Featuring an adjustable foot • Leg fixes to the underside of the worksurface using a screw-fix patented die-cast

socket • 60mm diameter• Load capacity 570kg

Table leg support (615 70 C1 04 RN)

order code height description adjustment packing dia606 87 C1 01 RN 870mm Chrome plated +30mm single 60mm

order code height description adjustment packing dia615 87 C1 01 RN 870mm Chrome +30mm single 60mm

order code height description adjustment packing dia

615 70 C1 04 RN 710mm Chrome +30mm set 4 60mm

615 70 02 04 RN 710mm Black +30mm set 4 60mm

Page 235: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.51 table and worktop support legs

Adjustable square leg• A stainless steel worksurface support leg in a contemporary square design • Supplied with all necessary fixings. Available in two height options: 710mm

and 870mm• Maximum load capacity 470kg• Height adjustment range of +10mm/-10mm• Leg dimension: 60mm x60mm

Series 680• These legs have four veneered MDF sleeves which slide over an aluminium tube,

interlocking securely in place • Sanded oak finish, fitted with an adjustable foot • 80mm diameter• Features adjustable foot

Series 620• Available in table and worktop heights with adjustable feet• Fix to underside of the worksurface using a screw-fix patent die-cast socket• 80mm diameter• Maximum load capacity 570kg

order code height description adjustment packing dia

620 70 C1 01 RN 710mm Chrome adjustable +30mm single 80mm

620 70 IX 01 RN 710mm S/steel adjustable +30mm single 80mm

order code height description adjustment packing dia

620 87 C1 01 RN 870mm Chrome adjustable +30mm single 80mm

620 87 IX 01 RN 870mm S/steel adjustable +30mm single 80mm

order code description packing646 70 IX 04 RN Adjustable square worksurface support leg, 710mm set of 4 legs646 87 IX 01 RN Adjustable square worksurface support leg, 870mm singles

order code height description adjustment packing dia

680 71 30 01 RN 710mm Sanded oak, adjustable +30mm set 4 80mm

680 87 30 01 RM 870mm Sanded oak, adjustable +30mm single 80mm

Page 236: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.52lighting

LED: lighting the path ahead

Our lighting collection has been reviewed and updated for 2009 including a host of new lighting solutions,all grouped in a logical order to assist with specification. An overview of the new lighting options is below.

An LED (light-emitting diode) produces a light similar to fluorescents.

LED lights do not use bulbs which gives them an extremely long

lifespan: the electrical component in an LED lasts approximately

50,000 hours at the highest light emissions. LED lights produce no UV

light, which minimises fading damage caused by traditional lights.

Since the energy supplied to an LED is converted directly into light,

very little heat is produced. This allows them to be used in small, tight

spaces. When you add this all together, you have an efficient and safe

light source which is also good for the environment!!

Fluorescent

Fluorescent lights are highly efficient with an average lifespan of

between 10,000 and 20,000 hours. Fluorescent lights produce less

heat and between 4-6 times the amount of light produced by

incandescent light bulbs.

Look for the energy efficient logo

Page 237: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

new

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.53 Under cabinet lighting - LED

WARNING: All light fittings must be fitted by a qualified electrician. Care must be taken where lights are enclosed in a cabinet, ensuring there isadequate ventilation. Light fittings should not be fitted in the vicinity of flammable surfaces.

newEthera Oval• 21 LED lights• White light emission• Use with converter CONVETH• 152mm width x 152mm depth x 62mm height• Supplied with 1.5m of lead and mini amp connector

order code descriptionETHOVAL Ethera oval LED light, glass and silverCONVETH Converter for Ethera, can be used with up to 3 lights

new

order code descriptionETHTRI Ethera triangular LED light, glass and silverCONVETH Converter for Ethera, can be used with up to 3 lights

new

order code descriptionETHSQU Ethera square LED light, glass and silverCONVETH Converter for Ethera, can be used with up to 3 lights

IP20

newEthera Triangular• 21 LED lights• White light emission• Use with converter CONVETH• 180mm width x 185mm depth x 62mm height• Supplied with 1.5m of lead and mini amp connector IP20

newEthera Square• 21 LED lights• White light emission• Use with converter CONVETH• 180mm width x 185mm depth x 62mm height• Supplied with 1.5m of lead and mini amp connector IP20

Page 238: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

new

new

new

new

new

new

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.54Under cabinet lighting - LED

Idea

• Striplight for furniture application creating decorative pointlighting

• Features 24 LEDs1.4w 10VDC SMD technology

• White light emission• Clear diffuser screen• Surface mounted• Lateral cap and bracket support• 2m connecting cable, fast MiniPlug connector• Connector for installation in continuos row• Must be used with CVT15/12 converter (15W). This converter can

feed up to 10x Idea light fittings

Modus• Modular system with an aluminium profile• One or more LEDs• White light emission• Available in different lengths• Can be installed in continuous rows, connectors supplied• Diffuser ensures correct distribution of light• Must be used with CVTMOD. This converter can be used for up to

12 LED’s

order code descriptionMOD300 Modus, under wall cabinet lighting, 300mm, 1 lightMOD450 Modus, under wall cabinet lighting, 450mm, 2 lightsMOD600 Modus, under wall cabinet lighting, 600mm, 3 lightsMOD900 Modus, under wall cabinet lighting, 900mm, 4 lightsMODSWITCH Modus, sensor switch and power cablesCVTMOD Modus, distributor CD17 for use with up to 12 LED's

new

order code descriptionID24LED Idea LED spotlightCVT15/12 Converter for Idea LED, 15W

IP40

IP20

Page 239: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.55 Under cabinet lighting - LED

Fuzzy• Innovative surface mounted LED spotlight• Features 19 high LEDs 1.2w 10VDC SMD technology• Only 6mm thick therefore ideal for furniture applications

where a courtesy light is required• Anti-dazzle prismatic diffuser• Maintenance free, as the light source has an average light

span of 30,000 operating hours• Surface mounted• 2m connecting cable with fast MiniPlug connector• Must be used with CVT15/12 converter (15W)• This converter can feed up to 10x Fuzzy light fittings

order code descriptionFU19LED Fuzzy LED spotlight, chromeCVT15/12 Converter for Fuzzy LED, 15W

order code descriptionPIX1LED Pixel LED spotlight, satin nickelCVTNANO Converter for Pixel LED

order code descriptionMA32LED Mania LED spotlightCVTMA Converter for Mania LED, 8W

IP40

IP20

IP20

Pixel• High quality LED recessed spotlight• Ideal for any space requiring an accurate accent light• Opaque diffuser• White beam• Must be used with CVTNAND. This converter can

feed up to 4 x Pixel light fittings

Mania• Striplight for furniture application creating decorative point lighting• Features 32 high light output LEDs 4W 10VDC SMD technology.

White light emission• 600mm anodized aluminium profile complete with bracket for

surface mounting• Can be installed recessed, semi-recessed or completely flush• Maintenance free, as the light source has an average light span of

50,000 operating hours• 2m connecting cable, fast MiniPlug connector• Must be used with CVTMA converter (8W). • This converter can feed up to 2x Mania light fittings

Page 240: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.56Under cabinet lighting - low voltage

Saturno angled downlighter• Angled downlighter with diffuser for use under wall cabinets to

illuminate worksurfaces in kitchens and bathrooms• Traditional lighting pelmet not required• Supplied with 20W G4 halogen lamp and requires a 12V transformer• The RL20 replacement bulb and transformers (shown on page 4.70)

are suitable for use with this light fitting• Compatible with MD1 mini distributor and EC1000 extension cable

(shown on page 4.70)

Stainless steel Aluminium

Saturno Wind

Wind angled downlighter• Angled downlighter featuring a protective frosted glass fascia• Traditional lighting pelmet not required • Can be used in kitchens and bathrooms• Supplied with 20W G4 halogen lamp and is suitable for use with

12V transformer• The RL20 replacement bulb and transformers (shown on page 4.70) are

suitable for use with this light fitting • Compatible with MD1 mini distributor and EC1000 extension cable

(shown page 4.70)

order code descriptionESLSS Evolution light, 20w, stainless steel

IP20

Evolution• Stylish stainless steel light suitable for use under wall units• Frosted, tempered and anti-dazzle diffuser glass• Halogen bulb 20W 12VAC G4• 2m connecting cable with fast MiniAmp connector• Requires a 12V transformer

IP20

IP20

WARNING: All light fittings must be fitted by a qualified electrician. Care must be taken where lights are enclosed in a cabinet, ensuring there isadequate ventilation. Light fittings should not be fitted in the vicinity of flammable surfaces.

order code descriptionLVSATAL Saturno, angled downlighter, aluminiumLVSATCH Saturno, angled downlighter, chrome

order code descriptionLVWINDAL Wind, angled light with diffuser, aluminiumLVWINDSS Wind, angled light with diffuser, stainless steel

Page 241: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.57 Under cabinet lighting - low voltage

Zero angled downlighter• Stylish light, featuring a decorative frosted glass fascia featuring

an unusual angled design• Supplied with 20W halogen lamp• For use with 12V transformer (shown page 4.70)• Suitable for use with the RL20 replacement bulb (shown page 4.70)

order code descriptionLVZEROSS Zero angled light, 20w, 12v, stainless steel

IP20

Major• Contemporary styled lighting for underneath wall cabinets or

shelving systems• The square steel casing is finished with a frosted glass

fascia which delicately diffuses light• Supplied with 20W 12V G4 halogen lamp, mini amp

connector and a 2m power supply cable

order code descriptionLVMDLS Major downlighter with diffuser, 20w, 12v, stainless steel

IP20

Quadra• Compact and stylish the Quadra offers focused lighting for

highly worked areas• Supplied with 20W 12V G4 halogen lamp, mini amp

connector and 2m power supply cable

order code descriptionLVQDLS Quadra downlighter, surface mounted, 20w, 12v,

stainless steel

IP20

Freelight system• Fitted to the underside of the wall cabinets in a continuous row

or at random to suit• The FLDLSS double light has a built in transformer and is

switched• The FLSLSS single light requires a transformer (not supplied)• Supplied with 20W G4 halogen lamps• The RL20, replacement bulb (shown on page 4.70) is suitable for use

with the freelight range of light fittings

IP20

FLSLSS FLDSSS

order code descriptionFLSLSS Single light, 82x77x140mm, stainless steelFLDLSS Double light, 450x77x140mm, stainless steelFLDSSS Double socket, 142x77x140mm, stainless steel FLDLSS

WARNING: All light fittings must be fitted by a qualified electrician. Care must be taken where lights are enclosed in a cabinet, ensuring there isadequate ventilation. Light fittings should not be fitted in the vicinity of flammable surfaces.

Page 242: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.58Under cabinet lighting - low voltage

81

23

Aluminium slim downlighter• Ultra flat lamp, fits to the underside of wall cabinets• Two options are available; lamp fitting with 2 x 20W lamps or

3 x 20W halogen lamps• Both options are supplied with a built in 12V transformer• RL20, replacement bulb (shown on page 4.70) is suitable for use with

slim light fitting

order code descriptionSDS2X20AL Slim downlighter set, 2 x 20W, aluminiumSDS3X20AL Slim downlighter set, 3 x 20W, aluminium

IP20

Pyramid triangular light• Stylish triangular light fitting, fits to the underside of wall cabinets• Traditional lighting pelmet not required• Supplied with 20W G4 halogen lamp and 1m cable• Use with a 12V transformer (not supplied)• Available in stainless steel or aluminium • Compatible with MD1 distributor, EC1000 extension cable and RL20,

replacement bulb (shown in section 4.70)

order code descriptionPTLAL Pyramid triangular light, 12V, aluminiumPTLSS Pyramid triangular light, 12V, stainless steel

IP20

Trial pyramid • Triangular spotlight, fits to the underside of wall cabinets,

providing a powerful light source for the worksurface• Traditional lighting pelmet is not required• Supplied with 20w G4 halogen lamp and 1m power cable, for use

with a 12V transformer (not supplied)• RL20 replacement bulb (shown on page 4.70) is suitable for use with

this light fitting

order code descriptionTPLSS Trial pyramid 20w 12v, stainless steel

IP20

A

C B

A

C B

Dimensions: A=165mm,B=200mm, C=40mm.

Pyramid touch sensitive triangular light set• Low voltage light system which illuminates with a simple touch of

the casing. One touch of one single light casing will illuminateall three lamps in a row. Lights are dimmable by keeping touchof the casing until the desired level is achieved

• Fits to the underside of wall cabinets• Supplied complete with 3x 20w pyramid lights, relay touch switch,

transformer and all necessary cable connectors • 20w G4 halogen lamps• RL20 replacement bulb (shown on page 4.70) can be used with this

light fitting

order code descriptionPTLSS/TS Pyramid touch sensitive triangular light set, stainless steel

IP20

Dimensions: A=118mm,B=130mm, C=40mm.

Page 243: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.59 Under cabinet lighting - fluorescent

T5 triphosphor lighting• Ultra slim under cabinet lighting offering an unobtrusive light fitting

with powerful illumination• Fitted with energy saving, flicker-free triphosphor fluorescent

lamps for a powerful even output with long life• Easy to install for either vertical or horizontal mounting• Each kit supplied with all necessary fittings, including vertical and

horizontal fixing brackets, 2m mains cable and triphosphor tube• Quick on-site assembly• No excess cable to hide

Slimlight fluorescent light• Slim profile, only 37mm high• High quality epoxy coated steel cases• All lights comply with British Standards and have the CE mark• Modular System• 9 lengths of fitting available• Each light individually switched• Pre-wired connector fittings

order code descriptionT5LIC200 Inter-connecting cable, male and female, 200mm, whiteT5LIC500 Inter-connecting cable, male and female, 500mm, whiteT5LIC3000 Inter-connecting cable, male and female, 3m, whiteT5LCC3000 Connecting cable with unwired connector, 3m, white

order code descriptionT5L267 T5 Triphosphor light,6w, 267mm long, whiteT5L343 T5 Triphosphor light,8w, 343mm long, whiteT5L571 T5 Triphosphor light,13w, 571mm long, whiteT5L640 T5 Triphosphor light,18w, 640mm long, whiteT5L904 T5 Triphosphor light,21w, 904mm long, whiteT5L948 T5 Triphosphor light,24w, 948mm long, whiteT5L1204 T5 Triphosphor light,28w, 1204mm long, whiteT5L1249 T5 Triphosphor light,32w, 1249mm long, whiteT5L1502 T5 Triphosphor light,35w, 1502mm long, white

order code descriptionMC20 Mains cable, 2000mm (female socket)IC5 Interconnector cable, 500mm (male & female connectors)IC3000 Interconnector cable, 3000mm (male & female connectors)CB1 Connector block, directly connects two fittingsCBM Unwired connector block, maleCBF Unwired connector block, femaleRT76 Replacement tubes for 16 watt, 760mm light fitting

IP20

Replacement bulbs are available for all sizes in the T5 system.

Please refer to the main price list for full details.

Each run of lighting requires a mains cable plus either an interconnectorcable or a male/female connector block to connect each fitting together.Alternatively, the lights can be wired together individually, using the maleor female connectors. The light fittings each have a male socket and afemale socket to accept the connectors.

order code length depth height wattageLF25 242mm 73mm 37mm 6LF33 318mm 73mm 37mm 8LF47 471mm 83mm 37mm 15LF55 548mm 73mm 37mm 13LF62 625mm 83mm 37mm 18LF76 760mm 83mm 37mm 16LF93 927mm 83mm 37mm 30LF126 1237mm 83mm 37mm 36LF156 1553mm 83mm 37mm 58

City• Angular fluorescent light suitable for under cabinet installation• Stainless steel with brushed glass diffusser 4mm thick• Flicker free instant start up• High perfomance triphosphor fluorescent tube• Integrated metallic grey manual switch• Bracket included for wall mounting

order code descriptionC450SS City light, 450mm, 8w, stainless steelC600SS City light, 600mm, 13w, stainless steel

IP20

Page 244: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.60cabinet lighting - LED

String• Strip of LED’s (centre to centre 12mm)• Includes a diffuser screen• Can be installed into a cabinet, a groove measuring 12x8mm

needs to be cut to accomodate• Each light requires 1x STRPOWER, which includes a integrated

convertor

Monos• Flicker-free• High quality aluminimum profile• Electronic sensor switch included• High performance 3W LED, cool white• Anti dazzle prismatic diffuser screen• Convertor integrated into the sensor switch

order code descriptionSTR720 String, internal cabinet lighting, for 720mm height unitSTR1245 String, internal cabinet lighting, for 1245mm height unitSTR1970 String, internal cabinet lighting, for 1970mm height unitSTR2120 String, internal cabinet lighting, for 2150mm height unitSTRPOWER String, power unit and limit sensor switch

new

IP20

IP20

order code descriptionPO1LED Posh LED spotlight, stainless steel effectCVTNANO Converter for Posh LED

IP20

Posh• Posh assures optimal performances, using all the

advantages offered by modern technology, especially highluminous efficiency and energy saving

• Opaque diffuser• White beam - 1,2W• Converter - max 4 LED 1,2W

order code descriptionSL1LED Slide LED spotlight, stainless steel effectCVTNANO Converter for Slide LED

IP20

Slide• Square spotlight which looks modern and gives high light

output• Opaque diffuser• White beam• Converter - max 4 LED 1,2W

new

order code descriptionWCL400 Monos, internal cabinet light with sensor switch, 400mmWCL450 Monos, internal cabinet light with sensor switch, 450mmWCL500 Monos, internal cabinet light with sensor switch, 500mmWCL600 Monos, internal cabinet light with sensor switch, 600mm

Page 245: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.61 cabinet lighting - LED

order code descriptionNE1LED Net LED spotlight, satin nickelCVTNANO Converter for Net LED

IP20

Net• Recessed spotlight with slightly rounded corners• Ideal for any space requiring an accurate accent light• White beam• Converter - max 4 LED 1,2W

IP20

Excess• Round shaped inset LED spotlight• 1x powerful LED 1.2W 3.4VDC SMD technology. White

light emission• Maintenance free, as the light source has an average life

span of 50,000 operating hours• 2m connecting cable with fast MiniPlug connector• Must be used with CVNANO converter. This converter can

feed up to 4x Excess light fittings

order code descriptionIR9LED Irony LED spotlight, chromeCVT15/12 Converter for Irony LED, 15W

order code descriptionEX1LED Excess LED spotlight, 1 LED, chromeCVTNANO Converter for Excess LED

IP40

Irony• Hi-tech design LED spotlight• Featuring 9 LEDs 1W 12VDC SMD technology • White light emission• Suitable for furniture applications to provide accent lighting• Recessed mounted• Maintenance free, as the light source has an average life

span of 50,000 operating hours• Must be used with CV15/12 converter (15W)

This converter can feed up to 12 Irony light fittings• 1.5m connecting cable, fast MiniAmp connector• Width recess 57mmØ, overall surface 68mm Ø

WARNING: All light fittings must be fitted by a qualified electrician. Care must be taken where lights are enclosed in a cabinet, ensuring there isadequate ventilation. Light fittings should not be fitted in the vicinity of flammable surfaces.

Page 246: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.62cabinet lighting - low voltage

Recessed light fitting without diffuser• Suitable for display lighting applications• Steel casing supplied with 20W lamp• Fits into a 57-60mm diameter hole• Use with 12V transformer (not supplied)• RL20, replacement bulb (shown on page 4.70) is compatible with LV664

light fitting• Lighting kits are available which include either 5 or 3 x 20W lights, 1x

transformer, 2m cable, 1 x mini distributor

order code descriptionLV664SS Shallow, recessed downlighter, stainless steelLV664CH Shallow, recessed downlighter, chrome

LV664CH/3 Lighting kit, 3 x 20W lamp, chromeLV664CH/5 Lighting kit, 5 x 20W lamp, chrome

IP20

Recessed light fitting with diffuser• Features a glass diffuser and steel casing • Supplied with 20W lamp• Fits into a 57-60mm diameter hole• Use with 12V transformer (not supplied)• RL20, replacement bulb (shown on page 4.70) is compatible with LV663

light fitting• Lighting kits are available which include either 5 or 3 x 20W lights, 1x

transformer, 2m cable, 1 x mini distributor

order code descriptionLV663AL Recessed light fitting, 20W, aluminiumLV663SS Recessed light fitting, 20W, stainless steel LV663CH Recessed light fitting, 20W, chrome

LV663CH/3 Lighting kit, 3 x 20W lamp, chromeLV663CH/5 Lighting kit, 5 x 20W lamp, chrome

IP20

Recessed mounted light fitting• This light fitting includes a glass diffuser and has

a steel-spring back for concealed fixing • Fits 65mm diameter hole, supplied with a 20W lamp• Use with 12V transformer (not supplied)• Compatible with RL20, replacement bulb (shown on page 4.70)

order code descriptionLV108CH Diffused downlighter, surface mounted, 20w, 12v, chrome

IP20

Surface mounted light fitting• Surface mounted light with clip on steel back for

a concealed fixing• Supplied with a 20W lamp• Use with 12V transformer (not supplied)• Compatible with RL20, replacement bulb (shown on page 4.70)

order code descriptionLV666CH Surface mounted light fitting, chrome

IP20

Page 247: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.63 cabinet lighting - low voltage

order code descriptionLV665AL Surface mounted downlighter, aluminiumLV665CH Surface mounted downlighter, chrome

IP20

Surface mounted light fitting with diffuser• Ideal for use in a display cabinet or under a wall unit• Supplied with a 20W lamp• Use with 12V transformer (not supplied)• 10mm diameter hole required for cables• Compatible with RL20, replacement bulb (shown on page 4.70)

Titanio pop-out lightSpecifically designed for wardrobes. This light pops out switchingon as the cupboard door is opened, then off, when closed. Thespecial rotating arm ensures movement is always smooth. Arubber seal protects the light and provides smooth operation.

• Can be used with hinged or sliding doors• Supplied with a 20W halogen lamp. Features a built in 12V transformer

& 2m cable. 400mm long when fully extended, 95mm high • Compatible with RL20, replacement bulb (shown on page 4.70)

IP20

UranioWardrobe light which automatically switching on as the door isopened, due to a sensor at the edge of the light which touchesthe door.

• Features a 12 volt transformer built in• Supplied with a 20W halogen lamp and 2m cable • Can be used with hinged or sliding doors• Dimensions: 115mm (w) x 258mm (d) x 35mm (h)• Compatible with RL20, replacement bulb (shown on page 4.70)

order code descriptionUR20W Automatic bedroom light, 12V c/w transformer, white

order code descriptionTT20W Titanio pop-out light, 12V, 20W, white

IP20

WARNING: All light fittings must be fitted by a qualified electrician. Care must be taken where lights are enclosed in a cabinet, ensuring there isadequate ventilation. Light fittings should not be fitted in the vicinity of flammable surfaces.

Page 248: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.64cabinet lighting - flourescent

Base cabinet internal light• Flicker-free• High quality aluminium profile• Light switches on as the door is opened• High performance long life T5 flourescent tube• Anti-dazzle prismatic diffuser screen• Natural white light• Spring system

new

order code descriptionBCL450 Base cabinet internal light, 450mm aluminumBCL500 Base cabinet internal light, 500mm aluminumBCL600 Base cabinet internal light, 600mm aluminum

Pack wall unit carcase base light• Flicker-free• High quality aluminium profile• On/off standard switch• High performance long life T5 flourescent tube• Anti-dazzle prismatic diffuser screen• Natural white light• Can be used with handless doors• To suit 18mm cabinets

new

order code descriptionPCBWU450 Pack wall unit, carcase base light, 450mm cabinet, 310mm depthPCBWU500 Pack wall unit, carcase base light, 500mm cabinet, 310mm depthPCBWU600 Pack wall unit, carcase base light, 600mm cabinet, 310mm depthPCBWU800 Pack wall unit, carcase base light, 800mm cabinet, 310mm depthPCBWU900 Pack wall unit, carcase base light, 900mm cabinet, 310mm depthPCBWU1000 Pack wall unit, carcase base light, 1000mm cabinet, 310mm depth

Pack carcase base light• Fluorescent double faced shelf which forms the base of

a carcase within a wall unit• Not only does it light up the entire cupboard space but

provides light below wall units • Flicker-free instant start up due to electronic ballast• High quality aluminium casing with glazed glass• Osram high performance and longlife triphosphor fluorescent

tube• Integrated on/off standard switch• Dimensions: 500mm - 464 x 265mm, 600mm - 564 x 265mm

order code descriptionPCBL500 Pack carcase base light, 500mm wall unit, 265mm depthPCBL600 Pack carcase base light, 600mm wall unit, 265mm depth

IP20

IP20

IP20

Page 249: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.65 flourescent decorative lighting

600 or 900

600 or 900

IP20

Anthea• A double faced fluorescent shelf light for kitchen, living

and sleeping areas • 52mm thick shelf• Brushed glass diffusers 4mm thick toughened glass• Flicker-free instant start up• Available in 600 or 900mm widths• High perfomance triphosphor fluorescent tube• Integrated metallic grey manual switch• Bracket included for wall mounting

order code descriptionSL600SS Anthea shelf light, 600mm, 14w, stainless steelSL900SS Anthea shelf light, 900mm, 21w, stainless steelSL600WE Anthea shelf light, 600mm, 14w, wengeSL900WE Anthea shelf light, 900mm, 21w, wenge

Sushi• A double faced fluorescent shelf light for kitchens, living

rooms and bedrooms• 33mm thick shelf• Brushed glass diffusers 4mm thick toughened glass• Flicker-free instant start up• High perfomance triphosphor fluorescent tube• Integrated on/off switch• Wall mounting bracket included

order code descriptionSHSL600SS Sushi shelf light, 600mm, 13w, stainless steelSHSL900SS Sushi shelf light, 900mm, 14w, stainless steel

Pan drawer light• Automatically illuminates the contents of a drawer when

opened • Easily installed to the front of the drawer• High quality aluminium profile• Forward facing spring loaded switch• High performance & long-life T5 flourescent tube• Flicker-free• Anti dazzle prismatic diffuser screen

new

order code descriptionPDL450 Pan drawer light, 450mmPDL500 Pan drawer light, 500mmPDL600 Pan drawer light, 600mmPDL800 Pan drawer light, 800mmPDL900 Pan drawer light, 900mmPDL1000 Pan drawer light, 1000mm Shown on Avant Ebony

WARNING: All light fittings must be fitted by a qualified electrician. Care must be taken where lights are enclosed in a cabinet, ensuring there isadequate ventilation. Light fittings should not be fitted in the vicinity of flammable surfaces.

IP20

IP20

Page 250: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.66cornice lighting

WARNING: All light fittings must be fitted by a qualified electrician. Care must be taken where lights are enclosed in a cabinet, ensuring there isadequate ventilation. Light fittings should not be fitted in the vicinity of flammable surfaces.

204

45

28

13893

order code description

LVDSEN20CR Halogen light , built in sensor, chrome

IP20

Halogen downlight with built in sensor

• Suitable for use in flying shelves or cornice to project light from above wall units

• Features a built-in sensor which automatically switches off the light when a cupboard door is opened to prevent any heatdamage to the door. When the door is closed the light automaticallyswitches back on.

• Requires a 65mm cut out• Overall diameter of front fascia 72mm• Supplied with 20W G4 halogen lamp• Suitable for use with 12v transformer. See page 4.70 for suitable

transformers (for optimum performance use wire wound)

order code description

ACLSS Altair, 20w 12V, nickel with stainless steel effect

Altair• A designer cornice light which projects above wall cabinets,

it can be fixed to cornice, wood shelves or directly above thecabinet

• Features a frosted tempered glass cover• Supplied with 20W G4 halogen lamp and 1m cable connector• RL20 replacement bulb (shown on page 4.70) is suitable for use with

this light fitting

IP20

Picchio cornice light

210

Ø15

130

order code descriptionLVPICCNI Picchio cornice light, 20w, 12v, nickelLVPICCCH Picchio cornice light, 20w,12v, chrome

Picchio• Suitable for use in kitchens and bathroom• Features a stylish frosted glass diffuser and a slender nickel

metal body • Supplied with 20W halogen lamp and it is recommended to be used

with 12V transformer • Suitable for use with the RL20 replacement bulb (shown on page 4.70)

IP20

Note: Consideration must be given to the environment when fitting this

light into a bathroom.

LVPICCNI

Page 251: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.67 cornice lighting

Duo projecting cornice lightDuo arched light

65

180

210

210

80

100

75

order code descriptionLVDUOANI Duo arched light, 2x20w, 12v, nickelLVDUOACH Duo arched light, 2x20w, 12v, chromeLVDUOPNI Duo projecting cornice light, 2x20w, 12v, nickelLVDUOPCH Duo projecting cornice light, 2x20w, 12v, chrome

Duo• Create a calming and serene atmosphere with the soft

lighting offered from the Duo range• Features an arched version and projecting cornice light• Both feature delicate frosted glass diffusers and nickel finished

bodies • Each is supplied with 20W halogen lamps and should be used with

12V transformers (not supplied)• Suitable for use with the RL20 replacement bulb (shown on page 4.70)

IP20

Note: Consideration must be given to the environment when fitting this

light in a bathroom. If using Duo arched light above a cupboard, please

ensure the light is raised above the doorline to avoid the door catching

the light when opening

WARNING: All light fittings must be fitted by a qualified electrician. Care must be taken where lights are enclosed in a cabinet, ensuring there isadequate ventilation. Light fittings should not be fitted in the vicinity of flammable surfaces.

Page 252: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.68cornice lighting

order code descriptionGCLCH Giove cornice light, 20w, 12v, 145mm high, chromeGCLNK Giove cornice light, 20w, 12v, 145mm high, nickel

Giove cornice light• Projecting cornice cabinet light with adjustable light beam• Metal stem with a die-cast aluminium housing• Supplied with 20W GU5.3, dichroic, 380 beam halogen lamp with

protective glass (50mm Ø)• Use with a 12V transformer (not supplied)• The light is screwed to the top of the cabinet (screws supplied) and

comes with a time saving connector• Compatible with MD1 & EC1000 (shown on page 4.70)

IP20

order code descriptionCCLNK Class cornice light, 20w, 12v, 145mm high, nickel

Class cornice light• Projecting cornice cabinet light with diffuser and adjustable light

beam with friction movement• Supplied with 20W G4 lamp• Use with a 12V transformer (not supplied)• Diffuser: 84mm Ø• The light is screwed to the top of the cabinet (screws supplied) and is

supplied with a time saving connector• Compatible with MD1 & EC1000 (shown on page 4.70)• RL20, replacement bulb (shown on page 4.70) is suitable

for use with class light fitting

IP20

WARNING: All light fittings must be fitted by a qualified electrician. Care must be taken where lights are enclosed in a cabinet, ensuring there isadequate ventilation. Light fittings should not be fitted in the vicinity of flammable surfaces.

Page 253: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.69 miscellaneous lighting

Surf• 2m or 4m strip of flexible LED• Can be cut down to required length• LED centre to centre 27.5mm• Can be used on underside of worktops to create a downlight

over cabinet frontals• The strip is 8x5mm and requires a groove measuring

8.5x5.5mm• Fix using a suitable adhesive

new

order code descriptionSURF2000 Surf, for installation under worktops, 2m length including

power cables and driverSURF4000 Surf, for installation under worktops, 4m length including

power cables and driver

LV101SS/3 Lighting kit, stainless steel

order code descriptionLV101CH Recessed light fitting, eyeball, chromeLV101SS Recessed light fitting, eyeball, stainless steel

IP20Recessed light fitting - eyeball type• Eyeball light fits into a hollow ceiling void and has a steel case. • Supplied with a 50 watt lamp• Eyeball design allows directional lighting for features and displays• Fits 78mm diameter hole• Use with 12 volt transformer• Compatible with RL50, replacement bulb (shown on page 4.70)• Lighting kit is available which includes 3 x LV101, 20W lamps, transformer,

distributor and 3 x 1m extension cables

WARNING: All light fittings must be fitted by a qualified electrician. Care must be taken where lights are enclosed in a cabinet, ensuring there isadequate ventilation. Light fittings should not be fitted in the vicinity of flammable surfaces.

IP65

Page 254: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

4.70transformers and replacement bulbs

Replacement bulbs (RL50 not shown) Mini light distributor (transformer not supplied) Light extension cable

Replacement bulbs• Suitable for use with low voltage lights. 10, 20, or 50 watts available. Please note applications, do not exceed wattage of light fitting

Mini light distributor• Distributor, featuring 6 female sockets. Max power 10A at 30V, max 5A for each socket. Cable length is 500mm. 100W capacity. Suitable for a

maximum of 5x 20w lamps. Dimensions: 102mm x 18mm x 28mm

Light extension cable• Extension cable for connection in low voltage 12 volt light. Length: 1 metre

order code description applicationRL10 Replacement lamp 10 watt, G4 halogen furniture lights only, (optional possibility)RL20 Replacement lamp 20 watt, G4 halogen furniture lights only, standard replacementRL50 Replacement lamp 50 watt, GU5.3 dichroic halogen room lights only, standard replacementMD1 Mini light distributorEC1000 Light extension cable

order code description typeT70IP44 70 watt, IP44 rating electronicT105IP44 105 watt, IP44 rating electronicETE60 20 - 60 watt electronicETE100 35 - 105 watt electronic

order code description minimum loadingTW20 20 watt 20 wattTW60 60 watt 20 wattTW100 105 watt 20 watt

Electronic transformers• Suitable for use with a combination of low voltage light fittings• The total power consumption of the lights can be up to, but must not

exceed the rating of the transformer• A thermal protection circuit is incorporated within its workings to

prevent overheating• Transformers include a built in overload switch• Use with dimmers is not recommended• Does not require earthing

Wire wound transformers• A range of transformers combining the reliability of non-interference

wire wound transformers with the flexibility of electronic transformers• Features a thermal cut-out which cycles off when there is a fault and

re-sets when rectified to give normal operation• Can be used with a dimmer, providing the dimmer is suitable for an

inductive load• No earth required

Note: Transformers with IP44 rating are suitable

for use in bathrooms subject to correct installation

IP44

Page 255: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

5.10

Order online at .pws.co.uk

timber accessories

Cutlery insert• 44mm thick solid beech• Easy to remove for cleaning• Options available to suit Nova pro and Blum tandem• See table below for size availability• Size options also available to suit in-frame doors, please refer to page

5.15

Nova pro Blum tandemwidth depth width depth

400mm 303mm 428mm 311mm 422mm500mm 403mm 428mm 411mm 422mm600mm 503mm 428mm 511mm 422mm800mm 704mm 428mm 711mm 422mm900mm 804mm 428mm 811mm 422mm1000mm 904mm 428mm 911mm 422mm

size dimensions

order code descriptionNDSCI4 Nova pro cutlery insert 400mm unit beechNDSCI5 Nova pro cutlery insert 500mm unit beechNDSCI6 Nova pro cutlery insert 600mm unit beechBTSCI4 Blum tandem cutlery insert 400mm unit beechBTSCI5 Blum tandem cutlery insert 500mm unit beechBTSCI6 Blum tandem cutlery insert 600mm unit beech

order code descriptionNDSCI8 Nova pro cutlery insert 800mm unit beechNDSCI9 Nova pro cutlery insert 900mm unit beechNDSCI10 Nova pro cutlery insert 1000mm unit beechBTSCI8 Blum tandem cutlery insert 800mm unit beechBTSCI9 Blum tandem cutlery insert 900mm unit beechBTSCI10 Blum tandem cutlery insert 1000mm unit beech

Cutlery insert• Beech veneer on beech cutlery insert• Options available to suit Nova pro and Blum tandem• See table for size availability

Nova pro deluxe Blum tandemwidth depth width depth

400mm 304mm 429mm 316mm 422mm500mm 404mm 429mm 416mm 422mm600mm 504mm 429mm 516mm 422mm800mm 704mm 429mm 716mm 422mm900mm 804mm 429mm 816mm 422mm1000mm 904mm 429mm 916mm 422mm

size dimensions

order code descriptionNDCI400 Nova pro cutlery insert 400mmNDCI500 Nova pro cutlery insert 500mmNDCI600 Nova pro cutlery insert 600mmBTCI400 Blum tandem cutlery insert 400mmBTCI500 Blum tandem cutlery insert 500mmBTCI600 Blum tandem cutlery insert 600mm

order code descriptionNDCI800 Nova pro cutlery insert 800mmNDCI900 Nova pro cutlery insert 900mmNDCI1000 Nova pro cutlery insert 1000mmBTCI800 Blum tandem cutlery insert 800mmBTCI900 Blum tandem cutlery insert 900mmBTCI1000 Blum tandem cutlery insert 1000mm

Note: Utensils not supplied

600mm unit shown. Note: cutlery not supplied

Page 256: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

timber accessories5.11

Order online at .pws.co.uk

cabinet size Nova pro Blum tandemwidth slot no. plate width slot no. plate

depth slots depth slots600mm 503mm 428mm 24 516mm 422mm 24800mm 703mm 428mm 35 716mm 422mm 331000mm 903mm 428mm 36 916mm 422mm 36

size dimensions

order code descriptionNDPRT6 Nova pro upright plate holder for 600mm unit beechNDPRT8 Nova pro upright plate holder for 800mm unit beechNDPRT10 Nova pro upright plate holder for 1000mm unit beechBTPRT6 Blum tandem upright plate holder for 600mm unit beechBTPRT8 Blum tandem upright plate holder for 800mm unit beechBTPRT10 Blum tandem upright plate holder for 1000mm unit beech

order code descriptionNDPH600 Beech plate holder for Nova pro drawer 600mm 12 pins NDPH800 Beech plate holder for Nova pro drawer 800mm 12 pins NDPH1000 Beech plate holder for Nova pro drawer 1000mm 12 pins BTPH600 Beech plate holder for blum tandem drawer 600mm 12 pinsBTPH800 Beech plate holder for blum tandem drawer 800mm 12 pinsBTPH1000 Beech plate holder for blum tandem drawer 1000mm 12 pinsNDAPIN Additional triangular plate holding pin

Plate rack drawer insert• 56mm thick beech• Plates to be positioned vertically making them easy to insert or

remove• Options available to suit Nova pro and Blum tandem• See table for sizes and availability

Plate holder• Veneered beech plate holder• Supplied with base panel and 12 triangular pins• Additional pins can be ordered separately • Available for Nova pro system and Blum tandem drawer boxes• Size options also available to suit in-frame doors, please refer to page

5.15

Note: Crockery not supplied

1000mm shown

Page 257: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

5.12

Order online at .pws.co.uk

timber accessories

Accessory tray with utensils• 26mm solid beech accessory tray • Options for both the Nova pro and Blum tandem • See table for size availability• Supplied with the relevant stainless steel accessories:

500mm unit ice-cream scoop, zester, melon baller, vegetable peeler, pizza-cutter, universal tin opener, bottle opener, garlic press, corkscrew and nutcracker.

600mm unit mini grater, cheese knife, corer, vegetable peeler, cake slice, garlic press, pizza-cutter, universal tin opener, bottle opener, corkscrew, nutcracker, and ice-cream scoop

Size options also available to suit in-frame doors, please refer to page5.15

order code descriptionNDAT5 Nova pro drawer insert with utensils 500mm unit beechNDAT6 Nova pro drawer insert with utensils 600mm unit beechBTAT5 Blum tandem drawer insert with utensils 500mm unit beechBTAT6 Blum tandem drawer insert with utensils 600mm unit beech

Nova pro Blum tandemcabinet size width depth width depth500mm 403mm 428mm 410mm 422mm600mm 503mm 428mm 510mm 422mm

Note: Utensils supplied. 600mm unit illustrated

size dimensions

Spice tray• Solid beech spice tray• Supplied with 6 stainless steel boxes• Each box has a volume of 0.6 litres• Overall height of the tray (including boxes) 62mm• Suitable for 600mm wide drawers• Options available to suit Nova pro and Blum tandem

order code descriptionNDSDT6 Nova pro drawer insert with 6 stainless steel spice dishes

600mm unitBTSDT6 Blum tandem drawer insert with 6 stainless steel spice dishes

600mm unit

Nova pro Blum tandemcabinet size width depth width depth600mm 503mm 428mm 516mm 422mm

size dimensions

Page 258: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

timber accessories5.13

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Cutlery insert with knife block• Solid beech cutlery insert with integrated knife block• Holds up to 7 knives safely • Additional space to store cooking utensils• Sizes are available to suit Nova pro and the Blum tandem• See table for size availability

order code descriptionNDKT4 Nova pro drawer insert with stainless steel knives

400mm unitNDKT5 Nova pro drawer insert with stainless steel knives

500mm unitNDKT6 Nova pro drawer insert with stainless steel knives 600mm unitBTKT4 Blum tandem drawer insert with stainless steel knives 400mm unitBTKT5 Blum tandem drawer insert with stainless steel knives 500mm unitBTKT6 Blum tandem drawer insert with stainless steel knives 600mm unit

order code descriptionNDKCI500 Cutlery insert with knife block for Nova pro drawer system

500mm NDKCI600 Cutlery insert with knife block for Nova pro drawer system

600mmBTKCI500 Cutlery insert with knife block Blum tandem drawer system

500mmBTKCI600 Cutlery insert with knife block Blum tandem drawer system

600mm

Nova pro Blum tandemcabinet size width depth width depth400mm 303mm 428mm 310mm 422mm500mm 403mm 428mm 410mm 422mm600mm 503mm 428mm 510mm 422mm

size dimensions

Knife block drawer insert• 26mm thick, solid beech drawer insert• Supplied with a range of high quality stainless steel knives, edge ground

for superior sharpness• All knives are dishwasher safe• Options available to suit Nova pro and Blum tandem• See table for size availability

600mm unit shown. Note: Utensils supplied

Note: Knives not supplied

Page 259: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

5.14

Order online at .pws.co.uk

plastic accessories

1000mm option shown

800mm option shown

curved cutlery insert

Plastic cutlery insert• Grey plastic cutlery tray • Designed to suit Nova pro and Blum tandem • See table for size availability

Curved plastic cutlery insertA curved cutlery tray for use with the curved base and back panel kits shownon page 5.06

order code description sizeNDPCI400GY Plastic cutlery tray, Nova pro, 400mm 306x430mmNDPCI500GY Plastic cutlery tray, Nova pro, 500mm 406x430mmNDPCI600GY Plastic cutlery tray, Nova pro, 600mm 506x430mmNDPCI800GY Plastic cutlery tray, Nova pro, 800mm 706x430mmNDPCI900GY Plastic cutlery tray, Nova pro, 900mm 806x430mmNDPCI1000GY Plastic cutlery tray, Nova pro, 1000mm 906x430mm BTPCI400GY Plastic cutlery tray, Blum tandem, 400mm 314x422mm BTPCI500GY Plastic cutlery tray, Blum tandem, 500mm 414x422mmBTPCI600GY Plastic cutlery tray, Blum tandem, 600mm 514x422mmBTPCI800GY Plastic cutlery tray, Blum tandem, 800mm 714x422mmBTPCI900GY Plastic cutlery tray, Blum tandem, 900mm 814x422mmBTPCI1000GY Plastic cutlery tray, Blum tandem, 1000mm 914x422mm

order code descriptionNDDM10 Nova pro deluxe drawer insert with knife tray &

5 glass spice jars 1000mm unit beechBTDM10 Blum tandem drawer insert with knife tray &

5 glass spice jars 1000mm unit beech

order code descriptionNDPCCI800GY Nova pro curved cutlery tray, 800mm unit, grey plasticNDPCCI1000GY Nova pro curved cutlery tray, 1000mm unit, grey plasticNDPCCI1200GY Nova pro curved cutlery tray, 1200mm unit, grey plasticBTPCCI800GY Blum tandem curved cutlery tray, 800mm unit, grey plasticBTPCCI1000GY Blum tandem curved cutlery tray, 1000mm unit, grey plastic BTPCCI1200GY Blum tandem curved cutlery tray, 1200mm unit, grey plastic

Page 260: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

5.18

Order online at .pws.co.uk

metal drawer system

order code description sizes available (mm) finish

WNDCI Esete cutlery insert for Nova pro 400, 500mm walnut veneerEsete cutlery insert with stainless steel knife insert for Nova pro 600, 800, 900, 1000mm walnut veneer

WBTCI Esete cutlery insert for Blum tandem 400, 500mm walnut veneerEsete cutlery insert with stainless steel knife insert for Blum tandem 600, 800,900, 1000mm walnut veneer

WNDPH Esete plate holder with stainless steel pins for Nova pro 600, 800, 1000mm walnut veneerWBTPH Esete plate holder with stainless steel pins for Blum tandem 600, 800, 1000mm walnut veneer

Esete drawers

• Walnut veneer drawer inserts• Available for Nova pro or Blum tandem• Various options available:

• 400mm and 500mm cutlery tray• 600, 800, 900 and 1000mm veneer cutlery tray with a steel knife

holder• 600, 800 and 1000mm plate holder complete with 12 stainless

steel pins

*Suffix all product codes below with required size. For example, for a

Nova pro deluxe cutlery insert in 500mm the code would be WNDCI500

Metal drawer system• Cost effective metal drawer box• Set consists of a pair of drawer sides and corresponding runners• Base and back panels cut to size from mfc (not supplied) to the width

required• 3 height options, 86mm, 118mm and 150mm• Various drawer depths

order code descriptionMDS86X250S Metal drawer side pack, 250mm depth, 86mm high,

RAL 9006, silverMDS86X400S Metal drawer side pack, 400mm depth, 86mm high,

RAL 9006, silverMDS86X450S Metal drawer side pack, 450mm depth, 86mm high,

RAL 9006, silverMDS118X400S Metal drawer side pack, 400mm depth, 118mm high,

RAL 9006, silverMDS118X450S Metal drawer side pack, 450mm depth, 118mm high,

RAL 9006, silverMDS150X400S Metal drawer side pack, 400mm depth, 150mm high,

RAL 9006, silverMDS150X450S Metal drawer side pack, 450mm depth, 150mm high,

RAL 9006, silver

Page 261: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

6.02

Order online at .pws.co.uk

salice technical introduction

Hinge adjustment

Compensated side adjustment

• 200 series hinges are adjusted by simply screwing the adjusting screw

• 900 series the hinge arm fixing screw needs to be loosened, the adjustment screw to be varied, then, when satisfied with the door position, re-tightened

Height adjustment

• Adjustments vary with the mounting plate used

Depth adjustment

• Snap-on plates, there is a central screw to move the hinge

• B2 series plates require the arm fixing screw to be loosened, then re-tightened when the door is in position

B2

VG

BZ

9/1

7 e

uro

scre

w

B2

R3

E6

9/1

5 s

cre

w fix

B2

R3

E3

9/1

5 s

cre

w fix

B2

R3

E0

9/1

5 s

cre

w fix

B2

VK

H3

9/1

7 e

uro

scre

w

B2

VK

H0

9/1

7 e

uro

scre

w

B2

VG

H6

9/1

7 e

uro

scre

w

B2

VG

H3

9/1

7 e

uro

scre

w

B2

VG

H0

9/1

7 e

uro

scre

w

B2

VIH

39

F/1

7 e

uro

scre

w

B2

VIH

09

F/1

7 e

uro

scre

w

B2

V3

H3

9/1

5 s

cre

w fix

B2

V3

H0

9/1

5 s

cre

w fix

BA

R3

P3

9 s

cre

w fix

BA

R3

P0

9 s

cre

w fix

BA

VK

L3

9F

/16

eu

roscre

w

BA

VK

L0

9F

/16

eu

roscre

w

BA

VG

L3

9/1

6 e

uro

scre

w

BA

VG

L0

9/1

6 e

uro

scre

w

BA

V3

L3

9 s

cre

w fix

BA

V3

L0

9 s

cre

w fix

18mm C2A6A99 screw fix 110º straight arm � � � � � � � � � � �

” C2M7A99/57 screw fix 110º with pre-inserted woodscrews, straight arm � � � � � � � � � � �

” C2B6A99 dowel fix 110º straight arm � � � � � � � � � � �

” C2A9A99 screw fix 120º straight arm � � � � � � � � � � �

” C2AFA99 screw fix 165º straight arm � � � � � � � � � � �

” C2R6A99 dowel fix 110º (Austrian drilling) straight arm � � � � � � � � � � �

” C2RFA99 dowel fix 110º (Austrian drilling) straight arm � � � � � � � � � � �

” C2A7M99 screw fix 45º arm. (check door thickness) � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

” C2A7F99 refridgerator hinge 94º screw fix, straight arm (check carcase thickness) � � � � � � � � � � � �

” C2AYA99 corner unit hinge, screw fix (check carcase thickness) � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

” C9A6C99 screw fix 105º straight arm � � � � � � �

” C9B6C99 dowel fix 105º straight arm � � � � � � �

15mm C2A6D99 screw fix 110º, 5mm crank � � � � � � � � �

” C2AFD99 screw fix 165º, 5mm crank � � � � � � � � �

” C9A6J99 screw fix 105º, 5mm crank � � � � �

� denotes compatibility

15/16mm board = 5mm cranked hinge & 0mm plate

18/19 mm board = straight arm hinge & 3mm plate

Alternatively, on 15/16mm carcase a straight arm hinge with 3mm plate can be adjusted,

or a straight arm hinge can be used with a 6mm plate.

Slide-on plates ‘B2’Snap-on plates ‘BA’

Series 200 Series 900

X Compensated side adjustment -1.5mm to + 4.5mm -1.5mm to + 4mm

Y Height adjustment +/- 2mm +/- 2mm

Z Depth adjustment with B2 mounting plates +2.8mm +2.8mm

Z Depth adjustment with BA snap-on mounting plates - 0.5 to to + 2.8mm

Page 262: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

6.16

Order online at .pws.co.uk

soft lift

Concealed attachmentto the front panel.Front panel adjustmentfor perfect height, tiltand sideways position.

min.335mm

min.255mm

800/1000mm widthsavailable.

Dampening openingaction.

order code description door order code

KSUS800GD Soft lift swing up system, 800mm door width, 8-9kgs GFD718

KSUS1000GD Soft lift swing up system, 1000mm door width, 11.5-13kgs GFD710

KSUS800SSD Soft lift swing up system, 800mm door width, 11.5-13kgs SS718

KSUS1000SSD Soft lift swing up system, 1000mm door width, 13.5-14.5kgs SS710

Soft lift• Opens a top lift door smoothly and with ease• Easy to install • Front panel adjustment ensuring a perfect fit

Designed for use with:• Large curved glazed doors• Door fascia widths of 800mm and 1000mm• Door fascia weights up to a maximum of 15kg• Door fascia height from 400-720mm

Fitting notes: • Care should be taken to order the correct

mechanism for the weight of the door being used• Consideration should be given when using this

product next to larders, as the door has a wideopening angle which can clash with cornice sections

• When using an 18mm door the minimum clearancerequired between the carcase and ceiling is 240mm

Page 263: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Kesseböhmer gas lifting system6.17

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Gas lifting hinge• Designed for use with folding doors• Easy to install, with fitting instructions supplied • 2x 355mm (high) doors on a 720mm unit• Shelf should be set back a minimum of 25mm from the front of the

carcase • Cabinet doors should have a minimum 45mm wide frame or a solid

back• Gives maximum access to the cupboard space• The system does not require side tracks• Can be used with the WFA, wide framed aluminium doors and the GFD

range of glazed doors, both featured in section 1• Finish: stainless steel effect

order code description

KGLS600 Gas lifting system for folding doors, 600mm

KGLS800 Gas lifting system for folding doors, 800mm

KGLS1000 Gas lifting system for folding doors, 1000mm

KGLS1200 Gas lifting system for folding doors, 1200mm

Note: This system is not compatible with the AF stainless steel effect

framed door or the SAF satin finished aluminium framed doors featured

in section 1.

Shown above with the Gullwing Oak door. Further details on this door can

be found in section 1.

Shown above with the GFD range of glazed doors. Further details on

this range of glazed feature doors can be found in section 1.

Page 264: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

6.18

Order online at .pws.co.uk

gas lifting systems

Spin 2

order code description

SPIN2/200 Spin 2, opening mechanism for single door, 4kgs-6kgs

SPIN2/350 Spin 2, opening mechanism for single door, 6kgs-9kgs

SPIN2/600 Spin 2, opening mechanism for single door, 9kgs-13kgs

Note: Internal depth

of wall cabinet

needs to be at least

280mm to

accommodate the

Spin 2 mechanism.

Spin is a mechanism designed for the opening of vertical, oblique, flap and folding doors. It allows total accessibility to the cabinet thanks to acarefully designed mechanism, which guarantees a minimal effort for opening and closing of doors with varying dimensions.

Doors 570mm high Code

Abbey, American Walnut, Astor, Avant, Avilon, 570x597 SPIN2/200Baltic Maple, Bede, Buttermilk Ivory, Broadoak,Centris, Croft, Fresco, Eden, Eterno Walnut, Estro Walnut, Freestyle Ivory, Gullwing, Ignea, Integrato White, Izari, Maki, Milton, Pesca,Saponetta, Scope, Stainless Steel, Valais

Doors 715mm high Code

American Walnut, Astor, Avant, Avilon, 715x597 SPIN2/200Baltic Maple, Bede, Broadoak, Buttermilk Ivory, Centris, Croft, Eden, Estro Walnut, Eterno Walnut, Freestyle Ivory, Fresco, Gullwing, Ignea, Integrato White, Izari, Maki, Milton, Pesca, Saponetta, Scope, ValaisAbbey, Stainless Steel 715x597 SPIN2/350

Large glazed curved wall door 715x997 SPIN2/600

Doors 570mm high Code

Abbey, American Walnut, Astor, Avant, Avilon, 570x597 SPIN4/250Baltic Maple, Bede, Buttermilk Ivory, Broadoak,Centris, Croft, Fresco, Eden, Eterno Walnut, Estro Walnut, Freestyle Ivory, Gullwing, Ignea, Integrato White, Izari, Maki, Milton, Pesca, Saponetta, Scope, Stainless Steel, Valais

Doors 715mm high Code

Abbey, American Walnut, Astor, Avant, Avilon, 715x597 SPIN4/400Baltic Maple, Bede, Broadoak, Buttermilk Ivory, Centris, Croft, Eden, Estro Walnut, Eterno Walnut, Freestyle Ivory, Fresco, Gullwing, Ignea, Integrato White, Izari, Maki, Milton, Pesca, Saponetta, Scope, Stainless Steel, Valais

Large glazed curved wall door 715x997 SPIN4/750

Note: Internal depth

of wall cabinet

needs to be at least

280mm to

accommodate the

Spin 4 mechanism.

Spin 4For the Spin 4 mechanism a stabilisation bar needs to be purchased separately.The bar comes in the 4 different widths to suit the width of cabinet.

order code description

SPIN4/250 Spin 4, opening mechanism for single door with up and over action, 4kgs-6kgs

SPIN4/400 Spin 4, opening mechanism for single door with up and over action, 6kgs-9kgs

SPIN4/550 Spin 4, opening mechanism for single door with up and over action, 9kgs-11kgs

SPIN4/750 Spin 4, opening mechanism for single door with up and over action, 11kgs-13kgs

SPINBAR600 Stabilisation bar for Spin 4 opening mechanism 600mm

SPINBAR800 Stabilisation bar for Spin 4 opening mechanism 800mm

SPINBAR900 Stabilisation bar for Spin 4 opening mechanism 900mm

SPINBAR1000 Stabilisation bar for Spin 4 opening mechanism 1000mm

Page 265: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

gas lifting systems6.19

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Pegaso

Pegaso is an opening system for 600mm wide larder doors. Themechanism comes in packs of two, one for the top of the cabinet andone for the bottom. The stabilisation bar is sold separately in lengths of2.5m, which can be cut down to suit.

order code description

PEGASO600 Pegaso, swing opening mechanism for use with larder doors

PEGASO2500 Pegaso stabilisation bar 2.5cm, cut to length

order code description

SPIN5/350 Spin 5, opening mechanism for 2 x 355mm

bi-folding doors, 5kgs-9kgs

SPIN5/600 Spin 5, opening mechanism for 2 x 355mm

bi-folding doors, 9kgs-11kgs

Spin 5

Note: Internal depth

of wall cabinet

needs to be at least

280mm to

accommodate the

Spin 5 mechanism.

Doors 2x355mm high Code

American Walnut, Astor, Baltic Maple, Bede, 2x355x597 SPIN5/350Broadoak, Buttermilk Ivory, Centris, Croft, Eden, 2x355x797 SPIN5/350Estro Walnut, Eterno Walnut, Gullwing, Ignea, 2x355x897 SPIN5/350Izari, Milton, Scope 2x355x997 SPIN5/350

Avilon, Avant, Freestyle Ivory, Fresco, Maki, 2x355x597 SPIN5/350Pesca, Saponetta, Valais 2x355x797 SPIN5/350

2x355x897 SPIN5/3502x355x997 SPIN5/600

Abbey, Stainless Steel 2x355x597 SPIN5/3502x355x797 SPIN5/3502x355x897 SPIN5/6002x355x997 SPIN5/600

Page 266: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

6.20

Order online at .pws.co.uk

electronic lifting systems

order code description

VERSO200 Huwilift E-Verso Electronic Opening Mechanism for single doors, 4kgs-6kgs

VERSO300 Huwilift E-Verso Electronic Opening Mechanism for single doors, 6kgs- 9kgs

VERSO400 Huwilift E-Verso Electronic Opening Mechanism for single doors, 9kgs - 13kgs

VERSOBAR600 Stabilisation bar for Verso opening mechanism, for 600mm unit

VERSOBAR800 Stabilisation bar for Verso opening mechanism, for 800mm unit

VERSOBAR900 Stabilisation bar for Verso opening mechanism, for 900mm unit

VERSOBAR1000 Stabilisation bar for Verso opening mechanism, for 1000mm unit

SensoA standard 110 degree hinge can be used when attaching the top door to the cabinet

order code descriptionSENSO200 Huwilift E-Senso Electronic Opening Mechanism for Bi-folding

doors, 4.5kgs-7.5kgsSENSO300 Huwilift E-Senso Electronic Opening Mechanism for Bi-folding

doors, 7.5kgs - 11kgs

Doors 2x355mm high Code

American Walnut, Astor, Baltic Maple, Bede, 2x355x597 SENSO200Broadoak, Buttermilk Ivory, Centris, Croft, Eden, 2x355x797 SENSO200Estro Walnut, Eterno Walnut, Gullwing, Ignea, 2x355x897 SENSO200Izari, Milton, Scope 2x355x997 SENSO300

Abbey, Avilon, Avant, Freestyle Ivory, Fresco, 2x355x597 SENSO200Maki, Pesca, Saponetta, Valais 2x355x797 SENSO300

2x355x897 SENSO3002x355x997 SENSO300

Stainless Steel 2x355x597 SENSO3002x355x897 SENSO300

Doors 570mm high Code

Abbey, American Walnut, Astor, Avant, Avilon, 570x597 VERSO200Baltic Maple, Bede, Broadoak, Buttermilk Ivory,Centris, Croft, Fresco, Eden, Eterno Walnut, Estro Walnut, Freestyle Ivory, Gullwing, Ignea, Integrato White, Izari, Maki, Milton, Pesca, Saponetta, Scope, Stainless Steel, Valais

Doors 715mm high Code

American Walnut, Astor, Baltic Maple, Bede, 715x597 VERSO200Broadoak, Buttermilk Ivory, Centris, Croft, Eden,Estro Walnut, Eterno Walnut, Gullwing, Ignea, Izari, Milton, Scope,

Abbey, Avant, Avilon, Freestyle Ivory, Fresco 715x597 VERSO300Integrato White, Maki, Pesca, Saponetta,Stainless Steel, Valais

Large glazed curved wall door 715x997 VERSO400

VersoVerso requires a stabilisation bar which can be purchased separately andcomes in lengths to suit 600mm, 800mm, 900mm and 1000mm wide cabinets

WARNING: All electrical products must be fitted by a qualified electrician.

WARNING: All electricalproducts must be fitted by a qualified electrician.

Page 267: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

gas lifting system6.21

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Lifting Systems - bi-fold• For bi-fold options, the shelf inset required is only 10mm -

most other systems require 50mm• Progressive pistons are exclusive to Salice and allow the doors to

be paused in any position• Soft closing is integrated in each system

Door range 2x355mm Kit

Stainless Steel 355x597 BDLS450N355x897 BDLS550N

Abbey 355x597 BDLS350N355x797 BDLS450N355x897 BDLS450N355x997 BDLS550N

American Walnut, Eden, Eterno Walnut, 355x597 BDLS200NScope 355x797 BDLS350N

355x897 BDLS350N355x997 BDLS450N

Avilon, Valais 355x597 BDLS350N355x797 BDLS450N355x897 BDLS450N355x997 BDLS550N

Avant, Buttermilk Ivory, Freestyle Ivory, 355x597 BDLS250NFresco, Pesca 355x797 BDLS350N

355x897 BDLS450N355x997 BDLS450N

Baltic Maple, Bede, 355x597 BDLS200NCroft 355x797 BDLS250N

355x897 BDLS350N355x997 BDLS350N

Broadoak, Estro Walnut 355x597 BDLS200N355x797 BDLS350N355x897 BDLS350N355x997 BDLS450N

Centris, Gullwing, Ignea, Izari, 355x597 BDLS200NMaki 355x797 BDLS350N

355x897 BDLS350N355x997 BDLS450N

Saponetta 355x597 BDLS250N355x797 BDLS450N355x897 BDLS450N355x997 BDLS450N

Astor*, Milton* 355x597 BDLS200N355x797 BDLS200N355x897 BDLS250N355x997 BDLS250N

order code description

BDLS200N Bi-fold lifting system, 200N, 3.5 - 5.5kgs

BDLS250N Bi-fold lifting system, 250N, 5.5 - 7kgs

BDLS350N Bi-fold lifting system, 350N, 7 - 8.5kgs

BDLS450N Bi-fold lifting system, 450N, 8.5 - 10.5kgs

BDLS550N Bi-fold lifting system, 550N, 10.5 - 12kgs

*Please note that 18mm packers are required if used with in-frame doors.

Page 268: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

6.22

Order online at .pws.co.uk

gas lifting system

Lifting Systems - single• Progressive pistons are exclusive to Salice and allow the doors to

be paused in any position• Soft closing is integrated in each system

Door range 715mm high door Kit

Stainless Steel 715x597 SDLS350N

Abbey, Avilon, Avant, Buttermilk Ivory 715x597 SDLS150NFreestyle Ivory, Fresco, Pesca 715x797 SDLS350NSaponetta, Valais, 715x897 SDLS350N

715x997 SDLS350N

American Walnut, Broadoak, Centris 715x597 SDLS150NEden, Eterno Walnut, Estro Walnut, 715x797 SDLS150NGullwing, Ignea, Izari, Maki, Scope 715x897 SDLS350N

715x997 SDLS350N

Baltic Maple, Bede, Croft 715x597 SDLS150N715x797 SDLS150N715x897 SDLS150N715x997 SDLS350N

Astor*, Milton* 715x597 SDLS150N715x797 SDLS150N715x897 SDLS150N715x997 SDLS150N

order code description

SDLS150N Single door lifting system, 150N, 4 - 7.5kg

SDLS350N Single door lifting system, 350N, 7.5 - 12kgs

*Please note that 18mm packers are required if used with in-frame doors.

Door range 570mm high door Kit

Stainless Steel 570x597 SDLS150N

Abbey 570x597 SDLS150N570x797 SDLS350N570x897 SDLS350N570x997 SDLS350N

American Walnut, Astor*, Baltic Maple, 570x597 SDLS150NBede, Broadoak, Centris, Croft, Eden, 570x797 SDLS150NEterno Walnut, Estro Walnut, Gullwing 570x897 SDLS150NIgnea, Izari, Maki, Milton*, Scope 570x997 SDLS150N

Avilon, Saponetta, Valais 570x597 SDLS150N570x797 SDLS150N570x897 SDLS350N570x997 SDLS350N

Avant, Buttermilk Ivory, Freestyle Ivory, 570x597 SDLS150NFresco, Pesca 570x797 SDLS150N

570x897 SDLS150N570x997 SDLS350N

Page 269: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

top flap stays6.23

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Lift up doors and lids

Assembly is easy. Brackets should firstly be screwed in place and then the mechanism fitted.

Lift up cabinet door

Lift up lid

Drop down cabinet door

Drop down doors

order code description

FSU Universal flap stay

FSUB Universal flap stay bracket for aluminium doors

Pressing the button A allows the upper

arm to be moved left or right. This

alters the braking action so the

mechanism can be changed from use

with drop down doors to use with lift

up doors and lids.

Position B allows for the level of force

adjustment required, from simply

braking the door when being dropped

to the intermediate positioning of the

door.

• Holds the door open (depending on its adjustment)• Controls closure of the door• Door can be held in an intermediate position• Can be used on either the left or right hand side• Suitable for use with the WFA wide framed aluminium

glazed doors featured in section 1• Can also be used with the AF aluminium framed doors

featured in section 1, if used with the stay bracket FSUB

the main benefits:

• Multi-functional; offering 3 ways of opening• Stylish design in a modern finish• Reduced size for aesthetic appeal• Hard-wearing• Left or right hand fitting

Universal flap stay

Page 270: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

6.24

Order online at .pws.co.uk

top flap stays

Bracket included

Top flap stay• All-metal construction steel, nickel plated• Incorporates an adjustable tension spring to support varying

weights of door, turn the central nut to adjust the tension• The spring also holds the door firmly shut

Top flap hinge• Available with one side sprung and one unsprung or with two

springs • Springs have adjustable tension • Steel RAL9001 almond epoxy coated or nickel plated • Supplied in pairs

Self closure top flap stay• Adjustable gas filled, self-closure mechanism• Can be used singularly or in pairs• Stay bracket included for use with aluminium framed glazed

doors, the AF models featured in section 1• Use 1 stay where 1/2 door height (cm) x door weight (kg) is

between 20 - 70• Use 2 stays where 1/2 door height (cm) x door weight (kg) is

between 40 - 140

order code description

NSD-35L Top box stay, left hand, nickel plated

NSD-35R Top box stay, right hand, nickel plated

order code spring mechanism

KFH2 One adjustable spring/one without spring

KFH4 Two adjustable springs

order code KLS30/250

Note: Suffix with AL for Almond or NP for Nickel Plated

Page 271: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

miscellaneous hinges6.25

Order online at .pws.co.uk

Face frame hinge• All metal, nickel plated construction• Concealed hinge for the application where the edge of the

door lays over the frame or adjacent panel• 120° opening angle• Self-closing action• Screw fixing • Lateral and height adjustment available• Minimum door overlay, 34mm

Easy-fit hinge• To fit a standard kitchen fascia over a freestanding

appliance • Hinge can be fitted to either left or right hand of 600mm

carcase• Complete with bracket, hinges, door stop and all the

required fixings • Suitable for all doors upto 22mm thick.• The depth of the appliance should be checked to

determine worktop depth, 650mm worktops arerecommended

• Soap dispenser drawers may catch the cabinet fascia if itis within 25mm from the edge of the appliance

Piano hinge• Steel piano hinge • 1830x32x0.7mm• Hole centres 60mm• Screw fixing with No4 woodscrews

order code description

EF1 Easyfit hinge system

order code finish

000 074 Nickel plated

order code ET2045

Page 272: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

6.26

Order online at .pws.co.uk

miscellaneous hinges

Inte

rnal

dim

ensi

on m

in.3

20

Internal dimension min.220

Internal dimension B

Microwave door hinge kit• Opens upwards to provide optimum access to items

in the cupboard• 2 gas operated springs to lift the door upwards• 3 size options available, see table for detailsImportant notes:• When applying the hinge to a wall cabinet, note that the

internal depth required is 220mm minimum. Standard cabinet hanging brackets may be unsuitable

• When the door is opened the finishing height is 370mm above its original position

KSU6-900SI version illustrated above.

KMHS version illustrated above.

order code description max. door weight (KG)

KMHS Microwave door hinge, 2 gas springs, 450-600mm units 4kg

KSU6-900SI Microwave door hinge, 2 gas springs, 600-900mm units 5kg

KSU9-1200SI Microwave door hinge, 2 gas springs, 900-1200mm units 7kg

dimensions for installation, inside the cabinet space requirement for the fittingwidth min depth min height width (BW) height (BH)

KMHS 411-570mm 220mm 320mm 35mm 40mm

KSU6-900SI 561-870mm 220mm 320mm 35mm 40mm

KSU9-1200SI 870-1170mm 220mm 320mm 35mm 60mm

Useable cabinet width = Internal width – 2x fitting width (BW)

Useable cabinet height = Internal height – fitting height (BH)

Page 273: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

decorative legs

Order online at .pws.co.uk

order code description finish

SDL145SS Decorative square leg, Stainless steel

145mm height (set of 4)

order code description finish

DL145SS Decorative cylindrical leg, Stainless steel

Square leg• Height: 145mm - minimum installation height 155mm• Height adjustment: +15mm• Leg: 50 x 50mm• Top plate = 90mmØ

Cylindrical leg• Height: 145mm• Height adjustment: +15mm• Leg = 42mmØ

• Top plate = 90mmØ

7.03

Page 274: wko09cat

ww

w.w

ithkn

obso

n.co

m -

0845

838

188

0

Order online at .pws.co.uk

decorative legs

order code description finish

FSSL150AL Decorative square leg with fixing plate, Aluminium

150mm high, +5mm height adjustment

FSSL150AL Decorative cylindrical leg with fixing plate, Aluminium

150mm height +5mm height adjustment

FSSL150AL Decorative tapered leg with fixing plate, Aluminium

153mm height +5mm height adjustment

order code cup/arm type

DPL43C Plastic leg 43mmØ, chrome

DPL43BS Plastic leg 43mmØ, brushed steel

Aluminium legs• Square, cylindrical and tapered options• 3mm thick 80x80mm square steel fixing plate with 4 counter sunk

screw holes for fixing to the underside of the carcase• Supplied with fixing screws

Decorative plastic leg• Designed for use in a bathroom environment• Height 240mm, can be cut down if required• 43mmØ. • +/- 10mm adjustment

7.04

FSSL150AL

FSCL150ALFSTL150AL

_


Recommended